Tibon-Czopp & Weiner (2016) The Rorschach Inkblot Method Research
Tibon-Czopp & Weiner (2016) The Rorschach Inkblot Method Research
Tibon-Czopp & Weiner (2016) The Rorschach Inkblot Method Research
Shira Tibon-Czopp
Irving B. Weiner
Rorschach
Assessment of
Adolescents
Theory, Research, and Practice
Series Editor
Roger J.R. Levesque
Indiana University, Bloomington, IN, USA
Rorschach Assessment
of Adolescents
Theory, Research, and Practice
Shira Tibon-Czopp
Goldsmiths, University of London
London, UK
Irving B. Weiner
University of South Florida
Tampa, FL, USA
ISSN 2195-089X
ISSN 2195-0903 (electronic)
Advancing Responsible Adolescent Development
ISBN 978-1-4939-3150-7
ISBN 978-1-4939-3151-4 (eBook)
DOI 10.1007/978-1-4939-3151-4
Library of Congress Control Number: 2015950471
Springer New York Heidelberg Dordrecht London
Springer Science+Business Media New York 2016
This work is subject to copyright. All rights are reserved by the Publisher, whether the whole or part of
the material is concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse of illustrations, recitation,
broadcasting, reproduction on microfilms or in any other physical way, and transmission or information
storage and retrieval, electronic adaptation, computer software, or by similar or dissimilar methodology
now known or hereafter developed.
The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks, service marks, etc. in this publication
does not imply, even in the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from the relevant
protective laws and regulations and therefore free for general use.
The publisher, the authors and the editors are safe to assume that the advice and information in this book
are believed to be true and accurate at the date of publication. Neither the publisher nor the authors or the
editors give a warranty, express or implied, with respect to the material contained herein or for any errors
or omissions that may have been made.
Printed on acid-free paper
Springer Science+Business Media LLC New York is part of Springer Science+Business Media
(www.springer.com)
Preface
This book is addressed to practitioners and researchers who are interested in adolescent development, personality assessment, and the Rorschach Inkblot Method.
Adolescence is a complex and varied developmental phase, characterized by dramatic physical, mental, and psychological changes. Physically, the usual adolescent
growth spurt transforms adolescents from their childhood stature to much of their
adult size and strength, and the pubertal emergence of secondary sex characteristics
alters their shape and appearance. Mentally, adolescents become capable of abstract
thinking and increasingly familiar with the world around them. From a developmental perspective, adolescents come to grips with the tasks of adjusting to their
bodily changes, individuating from their parents, becoming involved in social and
romantic relationships, and beginning to establish a sense of their personal identity
and advance toward adulthood.
Adolescents vary considerably in the pace of these transitions from childhood to
adulthood. Some early adolescents show adult characteristics, while some young
adults are mainly coping with adolescent issues. Moreover, the pace of developmental changes is commonly uneven within as well as between individual adolescents. Some adolescents are mentally sophisticated but socially immature, while
other adolescents of the same age show mature social skills but childishly concrete
reasoning. The wide variability of developmental issues both between and within
adolescents can make it difficult to distinguish normal from abnormal development.
This variability also makes it challenging to distinguish between transient reactions
to developmental crises that would be resolved and psychological disorders that are
likely to persist into adulthood.
The difficulty in distinguishing normal from abnormal development in adolescents has been compounded by an often expressed but erroneous view of adolescence as a stormy period during which young people ordinarily show symptoms of
emotional disturbance. To the contrary, extensive research has documented that disturbance is not an integral feature of normative adolescence and that apparent
symptoms of psychological disorder in young people should not be taken lightly, as
in Shell grow out of it or Hes just going through a phase. However, regarding
vi
Preface
and treating transient adjustment problems as evidence of diagnosable psychopathology is as misguided as ignoring or making light of symptom formation in
adolescents.
As for personality assessment, the distinction between normal range adolescent
functioning and diagnosable or emerging psychopathology can best be accomplished by accurate evaluation of a young persons personality characteristics.
Personality characteristics that differentiate healthy from psychopathological states
can be observed in the four domains of cognitive functioning, affective experience,
interpersonal relatedness, and self-perception. In the domain of cognitive functioning, for example, psychologically healthy adolescents are usually able to think logically and coherently, whereas loose associations and arbitrary or circumstantial
reasoning are likely to indicate psychological disorder. Similarly, normal range adolescents are for the most part able to perceive people and events accurately, whereas
disturbed adolescents often display impaired reality testing.
In the domain of affective experience, normal range adolescents are reasonably
capable of recognizing and expressing their feelings, whereas severely constricted
emotionality, recurrent depressive moods, and persistent inability to experience
pleasure usually delineate the presence of some disorder. In the domain of interpersonal relatedness, adolescents are normally interested in and able to form rewarding
relationships with other people, whereas social disinterest and withdrawal may
reflect developmental arrest or abnormality. Normal range adolescents are also able
to feel comfortable in close relationship, whereas those with psychological problems may regard other people with suspicion and distrust, and avoid any intimacy
with them. As for self-perception, psychologically healthy adolescents usually are
progressing toward forming a stable sense of identity and self-worth. Substantial
confusion about the kind of person the adolescent is or would like to become,
extremely lowered self-esteem, and feelings of being inept or unworthy often characterize adolescents with psychological problems.
The Rorschach Inkblot Method is a sensitive and psychometrically sound
assessment instrument that measures personality functioning in the cognitive,
affective, relatedness, and self-perception domains. As such, the Rorschach proves
useful in distinguishing between normal and abnormal development in adolescents
and delineating the type of psychological disorder that might be present. The clinical implications of Rorschach measurements depend on how the obtained findings
accord with normative reference data. Only on the basis of such comparisons can
a valid evaluation be made concerning whether a young person is functioning
within the normal range or is instead likely to be experiencing or susceptible to
psychological disorder. The adolescent norms of the Rorschach Comprehensive
System (CS) have not been changed since the publication of the first edition of
Volume 3 of the Rorschach CS (Exner & Weiner, 1982). Recently collected normative reference data on international samples of nonpatient adolescents provide contemporary cross-cultural data that update the previous norms and are presented in
this volume.
The book begins with three chapters (Part I) that provide readers with basic information on the topics to be discussed in the text. The first of these chapters reviews
Preface
vii
the development and foundations of the Rorschach Inkblot Method, with attention
to the continuing evolution of the CS and its utility for assessing adolescents in the
twenty-first century. The second chapter discusses key issues in the assessment of
adolescents, with particular attention to differentiating patterns of psychopathology
from normal developmental variations. The third chapter presents general considerations in utilizing performance-based assessment instruments in the evaluation of
personality functioning in adolescence, including the importance of integrating the
structural, thematic, and behavioral data in Rorschach interpretation and combining
the data with information obtained from self-report inventories.
Following these three introductory chapters, the text continues with three chapters (Part II) that discuss the current status of the Rorschach with respect to theoretical formulations, research findings, and practice guidelines. Chapter 4 discusses
psychodynamic perspectives on Rorschach interpretation and elaborates the theoretical assumptions that responses to the inkblots (a) reflect how people generally
experience and respond to events and (b) reveal underlying thoughts and feelings
that are likely to influence their behavior. Chapter 5 reviews research findings demonstrating that the Rorschach is a reliable, valid, and useful assessment instrument
and presents normative reference data obtained recently from an international sample of several hundred nonpatient adolescents. Chapter 6 on practice guidelines
addresses the issue of when and with whom the Rorschach works. This chapter
describes the utility of Rorschach assessment whenever decisions are being made in
light of personality characteristics and delineates the cross-cultural applicability of
the Rorschach to people of all ages, except for very young children. The contemporary adolescent reference data provide the basis for presenting the cut-off scores for
45 CS variables and CS-based indices that have implications for normal or abnormal functioning and five stylistic variables that should be considered while interpreting the data. This diagnostic approach is illustrated in the text with a case study
of a normally functioning adolescent.
The next five chapters (Part III) elaborate diagnostic, forensic, and therapeutic
applications of Rorschach assessment. Chapters 79 discuss how Rorschach findings can facilitate differential diagnosis and treatment planning by providing information about personality characteristics and psychopathological manifestations.
With eight varied case illustrations, these chapters show how Rorschach data, when
used properly in relation to age-based norms, can help delineate the presence,
nature, and severity of internalized and externalized symptom patterns. These eight
cases of symptomatic adolescents encompass a broad range of psychopathology,
including cognitive, affective, anxiety, avoidant, obsessive-compulsive, somatization, and eating disorders. Each case illustration focuses on variables in the adolescents protocol that deviate from normative expectation and thereby provide clues
to the nature of the young persons disorder. Descriptive information and cutoff
scores for each of the 45 evidence-based variables are discussed in the course of the
case illustrations. Chapter 10 discusses the utility of Rorschach assessment in
resolving psycholegal issues, particularly in cases of criminal misconduct in which
the court is referring to trial competence, criminal responsibility, and correctional
dispositions. Special attention is paid to evaluating whether a behavioral problem
viii
Preface
reflects a transient developmental crisis, is symptomatic of some underlying disorder, or indicates the emergence of antisocial behavioral manifestations in adulthood.
Chapter 11 shows that Rorschach assessment can be therapeutic in its own right and
discusses the positive therapeutic impact that can derive from a well-conducted
Rorschach examination.
The twelfth and concluding chapter (Part IV) draws on information in the preceding chapters to formulate an empirically based psychodynamic model for
Rorschach assessment of adolescents that helps to delineate personality characteristics conducive to positive adolescent development. The presented model of
Rorschach Psychoanalytic Science and Practice (RPSP) derives from standardizedindividualized conception of Rorschach assessment in which personality descriptions are based on well-validated CS variables but also capture the individual
uniqueness of adolescents subjective experience of their psychological problems.
This book follows in many respects the second edition of Volume 3 of the
Rorschach Comprehensive System (Exner & Weiner, 1982, 1995), which has been
the major reference source for Rorschach work with young people. The present text
extends the evolution of the CS in several aspects. Beyond reviewing the basic CS
administration and coding guidelines, this CS-based volume presents and applies
several new structural variables, provides updated normative reference data for distinguishing between healthy and faltering adolescent development, and illustrates
with detailed case studies how Rorschach assessment can help to delineate a wide
range of psychological disorders. Accurate evaluation of adolescents personality
functioning and symptom formation is essential for promoting progress toward
responsible and rewarding adulthood.
Tel-Aviv, Israel
Tampa, FL
Shira Tibon-Czopp
Irving B. Weiner
Acknowledgements
ix
Contents
Part I
Basic Considerations
3
4
6
8
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
21
22
23
27
28
29
30
32
xi
xii
Contents
33
34
37
40
41
50
51
53
54
56
60
61
65
67
69
71
73
90
92
97
97
98
98
Part III
7
47
48
106
106
111
112
Contents
xiii
120
128
129
131
131
136
138
138
141
142
143
143
150
151
152
152
160
161
162
164
168
169
171
171
175
176
177
179
179
181
183
186
188
189
190
193
194
195
xiv
10
11
Contents
197
198
199
202
205
205
206
207
209
210
213
214
215
217
218
218
219
219
221
223
227
228
229
231
235
236
xv
Part I
Basic Considerations
Chapter 1
foundation for the manner in which Rorschach assessment has been most commonly
practiced since that time, and the standard Rorschach cards currently in use are the
same ten inkblots that were published with Rorschachs original monograph.
As elaborated in this chapter, the subsequent early years of Rorschach development produced what might be defined as Confusion of Tongues. The differing methods of administration and coding prevented clear communication among Rorschach
scholars and clinicians and systematic accumulation of research findings. To address
these problems, John Exner developed the Rorschach Comprehensive System (CS),
which was originally published in 1974 and provided a standardized method of
Rorschach assessment that became widely adopted method. The discussion that
follows reviews the continuing evolution of the CS, its enrichment by psychodynamic conceptualization, and its utility for validating the Rorschach method.
this purpose. The students were not deterred, however, and they approached Klopfer
privately about offering some evening seminars for them in his home. Klopfer
agreed to offer the seminars, and the group started to meet for what may have been
the first Rorschach workshop.
Giving seminars for this and subsequent groups of students and professionals
produced a network of psychologists who were eager to keep in touch with each
other and continue exchanging ideas about the Rorschach. In response to this interest, Klopfer in 1936 founded the Rorschach Research Exchange, which has been
published regularly since that time as the Journal of Projective Techniques beginning in 1950, as the Journal of Projective Techniques and Personality Assessment
beginning in 1963, and since 1971 as the Journal of Personality Assessment. In
1938, Klopfer founded the Rorschach Institute, a scientific and professional organization that continues to function actively today, and more broadly than Klopfer had
envisioned, as the Society for Personality Assessment.
Although both Klopfer and Beck gained international acclaim for developing the
Rorschach and for pioneering the publication of the English version of guidelines
for working with the test (Beck, 1937; Klopfer & Kelly, 1942), they approached
their work from quite different perspectives. Having been educated in an experimentally oriented department of psychology, Beck was interested in describing personality characteristics and was firmly committed to advancing knowledge through
controlled research designs and empirical data collection. He stuck closely to
Rorschachs original procedures for administration and coding, and he favored a
primarily quantitative approach to Rorschach interpretation.
Klopfer, on the other hand, who had been trained as a Jungian analyst, had strong
interest in symbolic meanings and with unraveling the phenomenology of each persons human experience. He applied statistical procedures for obtaining normative
data (Davidson & Klopfer, 1938), but he also recommended qualitative approaches
to Rorschach interpretation that Beck considered inappropriate. Klopfer developed
new response codes and summary scores on the basis of imaginative ideas rather
than research data, which Beck found unacceptable. This difference in perspectives
led Beck and Klopfer to formulate distinctive Rorschach systems with dissimilar
approaches to administering, scoring, and interpreting the test. Nevertheless, their
professional debate evolved into personal hostility, and these two leading figures
refused ever again to speak to one another, let alone resolve their different approaches
to the Rorschach.
One of Becks friends, Margaret Hertz, who was educated primarily as a developmental and child clinical psychologist, pioneered in promoting Rorschach assessment
with children and adolescents and in formulating procedures and normative standards
for using the instrument with young people. With respect to adolescents, Hertz emphasized that adolescence is a stage of development in which many physiological and
psychological phenomena undergo both quantitative and qualitative changes. It is
accordingly necessary, she said, to focus on this relatively circumscribed period of
development by obtaining descriptive and normative data, determining common characteristics, and studying growth patterns and the conditions that facilitate or retard the
occurrence of these growth patterns (Hertz, 1970). Hertz considered both the Beck
and the Klopfer systems useful for assessing adolescents, as long as examiners kept in
mind the particular procedure they were following in working with the Rorschach.
Nevertheless, she developed some distinctive variations of her own in Rorschach
administration, scoring, and interpretation.
Another Rorschach system was developed by Zygmunt Piotrowski, who received
his doctorate in experimental psychology in Poland in 1927 and later came to the
USA for postgraduate study in brain functions (known today as neuropsychology).
He subsequently pioneered in conducting Rorschach research with brain-injured
patients and formulated many original ideas about how inkblot responses should be
conceived, coded, and interpreted (Piotrowski, 1957). Also emerging in the 1940s
was the work of David Rapaport, who shared Klopfers psychoanalytic approach to
Rorschach interpretation, but from a different perspective. Rapaport had fled his
native Hungary in 1938 and joined the staff of the Menninger Foundation in Topeka,
Kansas, where, in collaboration with Merton Gill and Roy Schafer, he conducted an
empirical evaluation of the utility of psychological tests, including the Rorschach,
in facilitating differential diagnosis.
The many original ideas formed by these authors (Gill, 1954; Rapaport, Gill, &
Schafer, 1945, 1968; Schafer, 1954) about personality functioning and adaptation
produced a modified inkblot method that differed substantially from the Beck,
Klopfer, Hertz, and Piotrowski systems and provided numerous alternative perspectives on Rorschach assessment. Rapaport and his colleagues perspectives on the
Rorschach have proved more enduring than those of the other American pioneers
and have influenced both classical and contemporary psychoanalytically oriented
Rorschach interpretation (see Chap. 4).
Thus, by 1950 there were five major Rorschach systems in the USA, each with
its adherents. Moreover, even though the Beck and Klopfer systems had become
well known abroad, the Rorschach landscape also included distinctive systems
developed in other countries and popular among psychologists in Europe, South
America, and Japan. Supplementing these many overall systems were numerous
specific Rorschach scales intended to measure certain personality characteristics,
and assessors differed in which of these specific scales they added to their basic
scoring. It became common practice for clinicians to combine features of the various systems and specific scales into an individualized Rorschach method that they
felt worked well for them. This kind of practice characterized by confusion of
tongues made it difficult for Rorschach practitioners to communicate with each
other and almost impossible for researchers to cumulate systematic data concerning
the reliability of Rorschach findings and their validity for particular purposes.
10
leading to improved research designs and new empirical findings that have strengthened the psychometric foundations of Rorschach assessment and amplified its utility for a wide range of clinical and nonclinical applications (see Mihura et al., 2013;
Society for Personality Assessment, 2005). Rorschach critics have continued to the
present day to voice harshly negative comments without acknowledging validating
data or presenting any new supportive data for their hostile views. Meanwhile, contemporary developments in Rorschach research accord with John Exners vision
(e.g., Exner & Sendin, 1997) that the CS would continue to develop and evolve. In
the preface to the fourth edition of his Volume 1 he wrote: There is no apparent end
in sight to the continuing research questions posed by this awesome test. Although
many of its mysteries have been solved, many remain (Exner, 2003, p. xvi).
As for its use, survey findings demonstrate the sustained frequency of clinicians
who apply the CS in many different settings and in countries all over the world (e.g.,
Meyer, Hsiao, Viglione, Mihura, & Abraham, 2013). These findings, together with
a steady flow of new books and book chapters, as well as journal articles featuring
research and case studies concerning the utility of the CS in assessing personality
functioning, suggest that CS-based Rorschach work plays a prominent role in the
field of assessment psychology and in any context in which personality characteristics have a bearing on decisions to be made.
Conclusion
The Rorschach Inkblot Method has had a long and interesting history, particularly
with respect to illustrating several common characteristics of advances in scientific
theory and practice. The first of these common characteristics is the role of serendipity, perhaps the best known example of which is the apple falling on Newtons
head and giving rise to his laws of gravity. In the case of the Rorschach Inkblot
Method, its coming to America and its initial development as a broadly system of
personality assessment were a serendipitous consequence of Becks needing a dissertation topic and Klopfers needing a job.
A second common characteristic of scientific advance is the emergence of multiple perspectives on theory and method, which was the case in Rorschach history.
On the positive side, collaboration among creative thinkers with diverse views can
enrich scientific theories and methods, particularly when they agree on standard
measurements that make possible systematic accumulation of data. On the negative
side, when influential figures with disparate different views are unable or unwilling
to collaborate or even speak to each other, as were Beck and Klopfer, their diverse
perspectives can delay advances in knowledge and produce confusion of tongues
rather than creating a basis for universal communication. With such concerns in
mind, the CS was developed to provide standardized Rorschach administration and
coding that would facilitate cumulative data collection and make it possible for all
Rorschach clinicians to speak the same language.
References
11
References
Ames, L. B., Metraux, R. W., Rodell, J. L., & Walker, R. N. (1974). Child Rorschach responses:
Developmental trends from two to ten years. Oxford, England: Brunner/Mazel.
Archer, R., & Newsom, C. (2000). Psychological test usage with adolescent clients: Survey update.
Assessment, 7, 227235.
Beck, S. J. (1930). The Rorschach test and personality diagnosis: The feeble-minded. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 87, 1952.
Beck, S. J. (1937). Introduction to the Rorschach method: A manual of personality study. American
Orthopsychiatric Association Monograph, 1.
Blatt, S. J., Brenneis, C. B., Schimek, J. G., & Glick, M. (1976). Normal development and psychopathological impairment of the concept of the object on the Rorschach. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 85, 364373.
Bornstein, R. F., & Masling, J. M. (Eds.). (2005). Scoring the Rorschach: Seven validated systems.
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Davidson, H. H., & Klopfer, B. (1938). Rorschach statistics Part II: Normal children. Rorschach
Research Exchange, 3, 3743.
Exner, J. E. (1974). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Vol. 1). New York, NY: Wiley.
Exner, J. E. (2003). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Basic foundations and principles of
interpretation 4th ed., Vol. 1). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Erdberg, P. (2005). The Rorschach: A comprehensive System (Interpretation 3rd ed.,
Vol. 2). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Sendin, C. (1997). Some issues in Rorschach Research. European Journal of
Psychological Assessment, 13, 155163.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1982). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents, Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
12
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Gill, M. M. (1954). Psychoanalysis and exploratory psychotherapy. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 2, 771797.
Handler, L. (1996). John Exner and the book that started it all: A review of the Rorschach systems.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 66, 650659.
Handler, L. (1999). Assessment of playfulness: Hermann Rorschach meets D. W. Winnicott.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 72, 208217.
Hertz, M. R. (1970). Frequency tables for scoring Rorschach responses (5th ed.) Cleveland, OH:
Case Western Reserve Press.
Huprich, S. K., & Greenberg, R. P. (2003). Advances in the assessment of object relations. Clinical
Psychology Review, 23, 665698.
Klopfer, B., & Kelly, D. (1942). The Rorschach technique. Yonkers-on-Hudson, NY: World Books.
Leichtman, M. B. (1996). The Rorschach: A developmental perspective. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic
Press.
Lerner, P. M. (1998). Psychoanalytic perspectives on the Rorschach. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
Meyer, G. J., Erdberg, P., & Shaffer, T. W. (2007). Toward international normative reference data
for the Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89(S1), S201S216.
Meyer, G. J., Hsiao, W., Viglione, D. J., Mihura, J., & Abraham, L. M. (2013). Rorschach scores
in applied clinical practice: A survey of perceived validity by experienced clinicians. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 95, 115.
Mihura, J. L., Meyer, G. J., Dumitrascu, N., & Bombel, G. (2013). The validity of individual
Rorschach variables: Systematic reviews and meta-analyses of the comprehensive system.
Psychological Bulletin, 139, 548605.
Murray, J. F. (1997). Towards a synthetic approach to the Rorschach: The case of a psychotic child.
In J. R. Meloy, M. W. Acklin, C. B. Gacono, J. F. Murray, & C. A. Peterson (Eds.), Contemporary
Rorschach interpretation. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Perry, W. (1994). Weiners Psychodiagnosis in Schizophrenia: A classic revisited. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 62, 180186.
Piotrowski, Z. A. (1957). Perceptanalysis. New York: MacMillan.
Rapaport, D., Gill, M., & Schafer, R. (1945). Diagnostic psychological testing (Vol. 1). Chicago,
IL: The Menninger Clinic Monograph Series.
Rapaport, D., Gill, M., & Schafer, R. (1968). Diagnostic psychological testing (Rev. ed. edited by
R. R. Holt). New York, NY: International Universities Press.
Rorschach, H. (1921/1942). Psychodiagnostics: A diagnostic test based on perception. Bern,
Switzerland: Hans Huber (Original work published 1921).
Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing: Theory and application.
New York: Grune & Stratton.
Smith, B. L. (1997). White bird: Flight from the terror of empty space. In J. R. Meloy, M. W.
Acklin, C. B. Gacono, J. F. Murray, & C. A. Peterson (Eds.), Contemporary Rorschach interpretation (pp. 191215). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Society for Personality Assessment. (2005). The status of the Rorschach in clinical and forensic
practice: An official statement by the Board of Trustees of the Society for Personality
Assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 85, 219237.
Sugarman, A. (1991). Wheres the beef? Putting personality back into personality assessment.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 56, 130144.
Weiner, I. B. (1966). Psychodiagnosis in schizophrenia. New York, NY: Wiley.
Weiner, I. B. (1996). Some observations on the validity of the Rorschach Inkblot Method.
Psychological Assessment, 8, 206213.
Weiner, I. B. (1998). Principles of Rorschach interpretation (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Weiner, I. B. (2003). Principles of Rorschach interpretation (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Winnicott, D. W. (1971). Playing and reality. New York: Basic books.
Chapter 2
13
14
15
16
Weiner (2003) from ego psychology and elaborates the implication of CS variables
from an adaptation perspective emphasizing the nature and effectiveness of a persons style of coping with age-related life demands. The other interpretive model
was suggested by Leichtman (1996, 2009). This model, based on orthogenetic
developmental theory, applies the concept of development as an organizing principle for drawing inferences from Rorschach data according to an expected developmental sequence from an initially undifferentiated state toward increasing
differentiation and coordination of specific personality components.
17
to episodes of anxiety and dysphoric mood, normative teenagers are more likely
than normative adults to show CS markers of subjective distress.
Thus, the developing cognitive-affective schemas of young people may sometimes be marked by temporarily distorted patterns of thinking and/or unmodulated
emotionality that have conscious and unconscious components and can influence a
wide range of subsequent internal experiences and overt behaviors. Distorted patterns of thinking may sometimes become a prototype of how adolescents think and
feel about other people and about themselves that is activated in interpersonal situations. In this regard, the construct of mental representations, which has become a
prominent developmental concept (Ainsworth, 1969; Blatt, 1991; Fonagy et al.,
1995; Piaget, 1954; Stern, 1985), can be reflected in CS variables. For example, the
normatively increasing awareness of and positive attention to people over time,
reflected in SumH, the sum of responses coded with H,(H), Hd, or (Hd) as representations of human figures, steadily increases from childhood to adulthood. Although
mentally healthy adolescents are still learning social skills and typically lack the
interpersonal competence and self-assurance of mature adults, they retain an ageappropriate capacity for establishing relationships. Developmental studies have
confirmed adolescents normatively search for and are capable of maintaining close
interpersonal relationships.
With respect to self-perception, however, contemporary normative reference data
show a gradual increase from childhood to adulthood in the Egocentricity Index.
This indication of increasing self-focusing during adolescence differs from traditional CS reports of greater egocentricity in children than in adolescents (Exner &
Weiner, 1995). Possible reasons for this change in CS markers are discussed in
Chap. 5.
18
mentally healthy adolescents. In this regard, Rapaport (1967) used the notions of
both the relative autonomy of the ego from the id (ones even and solid relationship
with the outside world) and the relative autonomy of the ego from external reality to
demonstrate how reality can serve as a defense against fantasy and, conversely, how
fantasy can serve as a defense against reality. Rapaport attributed the literal and
concrete thinking of patients with schizophrenia to impairment in the egos autonomy from the id, and the intrapsychic blocking of instinctual drives in other patients
(e.g., patients with obsessivecompulsive disorder) to an impairment in the egos
autonomy from external reality. From a developmental perspective, however, what
might be viewed as psychopathological functioning in adolescents and adults is
conceived as being normative in children. A Rorschach percept of a pink bear
coded as an incongruous combination is quite a common, playful response in protocols of children but would rarely occur in a protocol of well-functioning adolescents
(Leichtman, 1996).
In order to apply the two conceptual models to Rorschach CS data, clinicians
should first ask themselves what normality looks like. Modern psychoanalytic conceptualization of what constitutes healthy functioning has substantially changed
and adaptation is now defined in terms of both external and internal reality. The
emphasis has turned from concepts like rationality to those of self-relation and
object relations, authenticity, creativity and playfulness (e.g., Mitchell & Aron,
1999). With respect to adolescents, some of them might be very well adapted to
their society, but missing something fundamental in their experience. In these cases
the very adaptation to the external world should be regarded as the problem, not the
solution (Winnicott, 1971).
Accordingly, a new type of psychopathological personality functioning, the normotic personality (Bollas, 1987), has been described, which delineates psychopathology of subjectivity. This type of psychopathology, which is also described by
applying the psychoanalytic construct of Alexithymia (Nemiah & Sifneos, 1970),
is demonstrated in individuals who function abnormally normal in their adjustment to external reality but show substantial difficulties in relating to their own
subjective experience that are reflected in various disorders, particularly those
involving somatic and obsessivecompulsive symptom patterns (McDougall, 1989;
Ogden, 1989). However, the elusive quality of the normotic personality and the
Alexithymia constructs makes them difficult to be captured in symptom-based
diagnostic systems and requires instead a psychodynamic-based diagnosis for
which the Rorschach CS is particularly suitable.
19
line with this conceptualization, Rorschach CS normative data can be used for
detecting the interactional effects of situations, dispositions, dynamics, and invariance in the development of personality structure.
Rorschach (1942) noted developmental trends in normative responses to the inkblots. Research of developmental trends, which evolved in Europe and in the USA,
served further for establishing foundations of integrating psychometric approaches
with developmental psychoanalytic conceptualization to Rorschach assessment of
children and adolescents. Ames, Metraux, and Walker (1959) explored normative
data of adolescents from a developmental perspective. As noted in Chap. 1, Margaret
Hertz, who promoted Rorschach assessment with children and adolescents, emphasized that because adolescence produces both quantitative and qualitative changes, it
is necessary to focus on this relatively circumscribed period of development by
obtaining normative data (Hertz, 1970). Analyzing Rorschach findings, derived from
an adolescents protocol, in comparison to age-based normative data, thus offers utility for assessing developmental capacity, mastery of psychological resources, and
ability to communicate effectively about the world (Leichtman, 2009).
New imaging techniques developed in neuroscience have recently broadened the
understanding of the interactional effect that neurological and personality factors as
measured by the CS can have on faltering development in adolescence. These studies (e.g., Porcelli, Giromini, Parolin, Pineda, & Viglione, 2013; Zillmer & Perry,
1996) have shown the impact of outside demands on inducing internal regressive
experiences and primitive defensive reactions and confirmed the use of the CS as
useful neuropsychoanalytic tool for assessing personality functioning. This conception has been confirmed by neuropsychological studies (e.g., Paus, 2005) showing
changes in multiple regions of the prefrontal cortex and improvement in various
aspects of executive functioning, including metacognition, self-regulation, and the
coordination of affect and cognition from childhood to adolescence and throughout
adolescence.
As noted by Leichtman (2009), the most influential empirical work with respect to
developmental trends shown in Rorschach normative data was conducted while
developing the CS. The CS age-group reference data for children and adolescents
(Exner & Weiner, 1995) have generally confirmed the expected developmental trends
in the various domains of personality functioning (Wenar & Curtis, 1991), with attention becoming more focused, perception more individualized and less conformist, and
thinking more coherent from childhood to adulthood. Analysis of CS developmental
changes has also demonstrated affective functioning becoming more modulated and
more distressful and the capacities for differentiating and integrating various aspects
of functioning more developed. Accordingly, Exner (2001) provides age-based
adjusted cutoff scores for children and adolescents, for three of the CS variables:
WSum6, Afr, and the Egocentricity Index. The adjusted cutoff scores for these variables have also been implemented in the CS constellation indices.
Whereas most of the CS variables show consistent linear trends from childhood
to adulthood, with decreasing maladaptive and psychopathological markers, some
of them demonstrate curvilinear patterns with elevated psychopathological and/or
maladaptive CS markers in adolescents. However, when comparing Rorschach
20
21
three samples, the samples have been combined into one cross-cultural sample. The
international combined sample, presented in this volume, provides clinicians with
updated CS reference data for adolescents.
22
times and different contexts thus making them sensitive to developmental and crosscultural issues.
The progressive maturation in the capacity to tolerate paradox is expected to be
shown not only in the cognitive functioning of normative adolescents but also in
their affective experiences, interpersonal relatedness, and self-conception. With
respect to affect, for example, the normal maturational tendency for adolescents to
become emotionally more reserved and the intense subjective distress derived from
developmental challenges are assumed to be reflected in some of the CS affective
variables (Weiner, 1996, 2003). The previous CS age-group norms for children and
adolescents (Exner, 2001; Exner & Weiner, 1995) confirmed the expected reduced
intensity of emotionality, reflected in a decreasing number of color-dominated (CF)
and no form color (C) responses, as compared to form-dominated color responses
(FC). Interestingly, a recent study in adult patients diagnosed with severe dissociative disorders (Zeligman, Smith, & Tibon, 2011) has shown that the immature
capacity of modulating affect, assumed to characterize dissociative patients, would
be demonstrated not only in chromatic color responses but also in those using achromatic or shading, reflecting subjective distress. Accordingly, the less modulated
distress would be reflected in elevated number of shading-dominated (CF, VF, TF,
and YF) and no-form shading (C, V, T, and Y) responses, as compared to formdominated shading responses (FC, FV, FT, and FY).
Conclusion
The developmental considerations discussed in this chapter by using normative data
have substantial implications with respect to construct validity of CS variables
beyond enhancing their clinical utility. Normative age-based CS data can be particularly useful for validating deviant scores that point to immature functioning
because they constitute observed variables of demographic that have little, if any,
error variance and are independent of test findings. Should age differences emerge
contrary to what would be expected according to developmental theories, the suitability of these theories to contemporary adolescents in different countries has to be
reexamined. However, as stated by the developers of the CS (Exner & Weiner,
1995), when cross-cultural differences are shown with respect to expected developmental trends, particularly in perceptual variables of Form Quality (FQ), it seems
reasonable to review the items in the tables for frequency. In other words, if a
response currently not found in the FQ tables occurs frequently in some countries,
the form quality scoring for this response should be adjusted accordingly. Likewise,
if a response currently presented in the FQ tables as unusual occurs with a high
frequency in nonpatient adolescents in some countries, it should be scored with
FQo. This is a very different procedure from establishing country-specific reference
data and thus allows the use of combined international norms.
References
23
References
Ainsworth, M. D. (1969). Object relations, dependency, and attachment: A theoretical review of
the infant-mother relationship. Child Development, 40, 9691025.
Ames, L. B., Metraux, R. W., & Walker, R. N. (1959). Adolescent Rorschach responses. Oxford,
England: Hoeber.
Baudry, F. D. (1995). Character. In B. E. Moore & B. D. Fine (Eds.), Psychoanalysis: The major
concepts (Ch. 16) (pp. 196208). New Haven: Yale University Press.
Blatt, S. J. (1991). A cognitive morphology of psychopathology. The Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 179, 449458.
Bleiberg, E. (2001). Treating personality disorders in children and adolescents: A relational
approach. New York, NY: Guilford.
Blos, P. (1962). On adolescence: A psychoanalytic interpretation. NY: The Free Press.
Bollas, C. (1987). The shadow of the object. London: Free Association Books.
Boyer, T. W. (2006). The development of risk taking: A multi-perspective review. Developmental
Review, 26, 291345.
Cicchetti, D. (1984). The emergence of developmental psychopathology. Child Development, 55,
17.
Erikson, E. H. (1956). The problem of ego identity. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 4, 56121.
Exner, J. E. (2001). A Rorschach workbook for the comprehensive system. Asheville, NC:
Rorschach Workshops.
Exner, J. E. (2003). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Basic foundations and principles of
interpretation 4th ed., Vol. 1). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Fonagy, P., Steele, M., Steele, H., Leigh, T., Kennedy, R., Mattoon, G., et al. (1995). Attachment,
the reflective self, and borderline states: The predictive specificity of the Adult Attachment
Interview and pathological emotional development. In S. Goldberg, R. Muir, & J. Kerr (Eds.),
Attachment theory: Social, developmental, and clinical perspectives (pp. 233278). New York:
Analytic Press.
Freud, A. (1936). The ego and the mechanisms of defence. New York: International Universities
Press.
Freud, S. (1905). Three essays on the theory of sexuality (Standard edition) (Vol. II, pp. 125243).
London: Hogarthrath.
Hertz, M. R., (1970). Frequency tables for scoring Rorschach responses (5th ed.) Cleveland, OH:
Case Western Reserve Press.
Hollenstein, T., & Lougheed, J. P. (2013). Beyond storm and stress: Typicality, transactions, timing, and temperament to account for adolescent change. American Psychologist, 68, 444454.
Hosseininasab, A., Mohammadi, M. R., Weiner, I. B., & Delavar, A. (2015). Rorschach
Comprehensive System Data for a Sample of 478 Iranian Children at Four Ages. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 97, 12335.
Johnson, M. H., & Vecera, S. P. (1996). Cortical differentiation and neurocognitive development:
The parcellation conjecture. Behavioural Processes, 36, 195212.
Kimmel, D. C., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). Adolescence: A developmental transition (2nd ed.).
New York: Wiley.
Leichtman, M. B. (1996). The Rorschach: A developmental perspective. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic
Press.
Leichtman, M. (2009). Concepts of development and the Rorschach: The contributions of Paul
Lerner and John Exner in historical context. Journal of Personality Assessment, 91, 2429.
Lerner, R. M. (2002). Concepts and theories of human development. (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ:
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
24
Lerner, R. M., & Steinberg, L. (2004). The scientific study of adolescent development. In R. M.
Lerner & L. Steinberg (Eds.), Handbook of adolescent psychology (2nd ed., pp. 314).
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Lis, A., Salcuni, S., & Parolin, L. (2007). Rorschach Comprehensive System data for a sample of
116 preadolescent and 117 adolescent nonpatients from Italy. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 89(S1), S91S96.
McDougall, J. (1989). Theatres of the body: A psychoanalytic approach to psychosomatic illness.
London: Free Association Books.
Meyer, G. J., Erdberg, P., & Shaffer, T. W. (2007). Toward international normative reference data
for the Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89(S1), S201S216.
Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1995). A cognitive-affective system theory of personality: Reconceptualizing
situations, dispositions, dynamics, and invariance in personality structure. Psychological
Review, 102, 246268.
Mitchell, S. A., & Aron, L. (1999). Relational psychoanalysis: The emergence of a tradition.
Mahwah, NJ: Analytic Press.
Nemiah, J. C., & Sifneos, P. E. (1970). Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In O. W. Hill (Ed.), Modern trends in psychosomatic medicine (Vol. 2, pp. 2634).
London: Butterworths.
Ogden, T. H. (1989). Playing, dreaming, and interpreting experience: Comments on potential
space. In M. Fromm & B. Smith (Eds.), The facilitating environment: Clinical applications of
Winnicotts theory (pp. 255278). Madison, CT: International Universities Press.
Paus, T. (2005). Mapping brain maturation and cognitive development during adolescence. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 6068.
PDM Task Force. (2006). Psychodynamic diagnostic manual. Silver Spring, MD: Alliance of
Psychoanalytic Organizations.
Piaget, J. (1954). The construction of reality in the child. New York, NY: Basic Books.
Pizer, S. A. (1998). Negotiating potential space: Illusion, play, metaphor, and the subjunctive.
Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 6, 689712.
Porcelli, P., Giromini, L., Parolin, L., Pineda, J. A., & Viglione, D. J. (2013). Mirroring activity in
the brain and movement determinant in the Rorschach test. Journal of Personality Assessment,
95(5), 444456.
Rapaport, D. (1967). The theory of ego autonomy. In M. Gill (Ed.), Collected papers of David
Rapaport (pp. 722744). New York: Basic Books (Original work published 1957).
Rapaport, D., Gill, M., & Schafer, R. (1946). Diagnostic psychological testing (Vol. 2). Chicago,
IL: The Menninger Clinic Monograph Series.
Rorschach, H. (1942). Psychodiagnostics: A diagnostic test based on perception. Bern, Switzerland:
Hans Huber (Original work published 1921).
Rutter, M. (2007). Psychopathological development across adolescence. Journal of Youth and
Adolescence, 36, 101110.
Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing: Theory and application.
New York: Grune & Stratton.
Stern, D. B. (1985). Some controversies regarding constuctivism and psychoanalysis. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 21, 201208.
Tibon-Czopp S, Appel L, & Zeligman R. (2014). Relational psychoanalytic perspective on the
negotiation dialogue: Using the Rorschach Inkblot Method for assessing integrative complexity. Group Decision and Negotiation, 23, 11771189.
Tibon-Czopp, S., Appel, L., & Zeligman, R. (2015). Assessing personality patterns of functioning
in a decision-making ambiguous task: The Rorschach Reality-Fantasy Scale (RFS-2). Group
Decision and Negotiation, 111.
Tibon-Czopp, S., Rothschild-Yakar, L., & Appel, L. (2012). Rorschach Comprehensive System
(CS) reference data for Israeli adolescents. Journal of Personality Assessment, 94, 276286.
Viglione, D. J., Perry, W., & Meyer, G. J. (2003). Refinements in the Rorschach Ego Impairment
Index incorporating the Human Representational Variable. Journal of Personality Assessment,
81, 149156.
References
25
Chapter 3
27
28
29
Facilitating Cooperation
The utility of any assessment method depends primarily on the willingness of individuals being tested to respond (i.e., how fully committed they are to being open in
revealing aspects of themselves). Adolescents are typically reluctant to cooperate
with an adult examiner and, when asked about them directly, disinclined to admit
their shortcomings and report difficulties they are experiencing. This is particularly
so when they are required to conform to a clearly specified set of behavioral guidelines provided by an authoritarian figure (the examiner). Such reluctance is a normative developmental response, as discussed in Chap. 2. Adolescents are more
likely to be relaxed and cooperative when they are coping with a playful examination procedure than when they are being asked specific questions about themselves.
They may dislike or even resist being pinned down by structured test items that
30
resemble those they are accustomed to in school examinations, and they are usually
more cooperative when they have greater freedom to report their thoughts and experiences in their own words and in their own preferred manner.
The Rorschach task calls for responding to the inkblots by answering a question
(What might this be?) that opens the door to free associating. It is frequently seen by
adolescents as a playful task in which they need to create a response within the
transitional space (Winnicott, 1971) between reality and fantasy (see Chap. 4). As
noted in Chap. 1, this circumstance parallels the development of the test by Herman
Rorschach, who transformed an inkblot game he had played as an adolescent with
his peers into a psychological test. As a test, the Rorschach free-association task
enables experienced clinicians to process even a highly guarded protocol by searching for implicit clues (e.g., deviant verbalizations, lack of human content) that illuminate a persons subjective experience.
In line with this unique advantage of the Rorschach, Bram (2010) presents the
evaluation and treatment of a 14-year-old girl who was referred for consultation
because of chronic depression, self-mutilating, peer conflict, oppositional behavior
with adults, poor academic performance, and a variety of somatic symptoms. A
guarded protocol produced by this patient, whose previous therapists had failed to
establish a cooperative relationship with her, was an essential element in the
Rorschach assessment. Despite the examiners experience of the patient as being
negativistic and quite annoyed by the assessment process (the testing was rocky),
he was able to use her aversive stance by taking her oppositional attitude as informative data. Based on his observations, he drew inferences about what would be
required for her to form and sustain a connection with a clinician whom she experienced as rigidly pursuing his own agenda (e.g., Rorschach inquiry), which perhaps
made her feel that her productions were inadequate or insufficient and led to her
angrily and dramatically turning away from collaboration. Applying these inferences, he was able to obtain this adolescents cooperation in both the therapeutic
process and a second administration of the Rorschach that was conducted as a follow-up evaluation of therapeutic change.
31
32
the Rorschach with fake-good instructions after reading either the Wikipedia article
on the Rorschach (the experimental group) or an irrelevant article (the control
group). The experimental group gave more Popular (P) responses than the control
group and had higher scores on X+%, XA%, and WDA%. However, when the influence of the P responses was removed from the data analysis, there were no longer
any significant differences between the groups on these indicators of perceptual
accuracy. Empirically as well as conceptually, above-average number of P responses,
especially in the context of a guarded record (i.e., low R, high Lambda), should thus
alert examiners to the likelihood of a problem of impression management.
33
disturbances can sometimes be incorrectly interpreted as demonstrating severe disorders, when such is not the case. For example, young people who are exposed to
traumatic events may temporarily show thought disturbances (Viglione, 1990).
Similarly, adolescents with ADHD may sometimes show problems with perceptual
accuracy that resemble the failures in reality testing that characterize psychotic
disorders.
Empirically, psychological tests indicate healthy mental functioning in adolescents when the test results fall within a normative range established in nonpatient
samples. Results for a test variable that deviate markedly from those of reference
samples are likely to indicate maladaptive dysfunction in the aspect of personality
functioning measured by this variable. However, this benchmark must be applied
while recognizing that the implications of personality dispositions for psychological adjustment depend on cultural context, consisting of whatever national,
ethnic, religious, neighborhood, family, or other group values have a bearing on
an adolescents subjective experience. As elaborated in Chap. 5 of this volume,
recently collected Rorschach data from different countries enable clinicians to
compare Rorschach findings against age-based normative data and to point out
marked deviations that suggest the likelihood of adjustment difficulties of behavior problems.
With respect to the advantage of the Rorschach in distinguishing between normative and psychopathological functioning, Murray (1997) provides an illustration of
a 15-year-old girl who was referred for treatment because of depressive symptoms
and regressive behaviors. The complex interaction of developmental issues, situational stressors, personality dispositions, and level of organization, together with
changes achieved in the course of psychotherapy, are demonstrated in this case by
analysis of two Rorschach protocols: the first taken at the very onset of the girls
treatment during a period of crisis and significant regression and the second taken
more than a year into her treatment. The two protocols are analyzed using both
Weiner and Exner (1991) CS structural variables of personality characteristics
related to changes in psychotherapy and certain content variables, as well as the
language usage in her responses.
34
change. Contemporary psychoanalytic thinking about patterns of interpersonal relationships refers to these patterns in terms of internalized object relations, assuming
that the quality of interpersonal relations and susceptibility to various types of psychopathology are affected by the maturity of the individuals object representations.
Evaluation of an adolescents object representations should take into account that
relational capacity develops progressively and that, in this developmental process,
fragmented representations gradually turn into complex, differentiated, integrated,
and consistent representations of self and objects (Blatt, Brenneis, Schimek, &
Glick, 1976; Leichtman, 1996). This process takes place within the context of
developmental tasks that reactivate the separationindividuation conflict and involve
searching for a balance between autonomy and relatedness, renegotiating the threat
of regressing to dependence, and reintegrating new cognitive, social, biological, and
familial factors (Blatt, Tuber, & Auerbach, 1990; Bleiberg, 2001). Adolescents who
fail to develop mature object representations are likely to show interpersonal problems that can evolve into a personality disorder in adulthood.
The relevance to personality disorders of continuities and change from adolescence to adulthood has clinical implications for many types of youth referral problems. As previously suggested (Tibon-Czopp, 2011, 2012), these implications are
particularly important in assessing adolescents with conduct disorder (CD) and or
posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), who are at high risk for developing antisocial
personality disorder (ASPD) and borderline personality disorder (BPD), respectively. Research on ASPD generally confirms that the best predictor of antisocial
behavior in adulthood is CD in adolescence (Piquero, 2011), but it also provides
empirical evidence that, although similar from phenomenological perspective,
CD-externalized behavioral manifestations are likely to reflect diverse psychodynamic processes, character problems, and psychopathological states. It is accordingly essential to assess thoroughly the personality structure of adolescents who
show maladaptive behaviors and to pursue diagnostic clarity and an understanding
of etiological issues, especially those related to the CD adolescents proneness to
develop violent delinquency and ASPD in adulthood (e.g., Fonagy, 2003; Frick,
2002; McConville & Cornell, 2003). The Rorschach is particularly useful for assessing these dispositions (Gacono & Meloy, 1994).
35
36
37
children and adolescents might often be neglected or misunderstood and how the
Rorschach can illuminate the underlying disorder.
Additional Rorschach protocols in the CS third volume illustrate the utility of the
Rorschach for diagnostic decisions in adolescents referred for evaluation because of
academic problems and inappropriate social conduct (Case 6, pp. 246263) and
those referred because of disruptive, antisocial, and violent behavior (Case 7,
pp. 263272; Case 8, pp. 302319; Case 8, pp. 302319). These case studies in the
CS third volume (Exner & Weiner, 1995), as well as other published Rorschach case
studies of adolescents (e.g., Exner and Erdberg, 2005), show how to apply an integrative approach that considers both structural data, in comparison with appropriate
norms, and response content to arrive at clinical decisions and recommendations
concerning young people. In line with these case studies, we suggest in Chap. 6
some interpretive guidelines for analyzing adolescents Rorschach data, together
with some case illustrations.
38
39
inferences from them, and include adequate procedures for detecting or minimizing
impression management.
Weiner (2013) states that, because of the method difference, conjoint use of selfreport inventories and performance-based methods can enrich personality evaluations and facilitate clinical decision-making by virtue of either congruent or
complementary findings. Congruent findings point to the same or similar personality characteristics. Except for data that are invalidated by impression management,
congruence provides a strong indication (a) that certain characteristics are present
and recognized by the person being evaluated and (b) that these characteristics are
likely to be evident in both relatively structured and relatively unstructured situation. Should both self-report inventories and performance-based methods point to a
substantial psychological disturbance, for example, respondents are likely to be disturbed, to be aware of their disturbance, and to show this disturbance in a variety of
contexts, both structured and unstructured. The same can be said for virtually any
personality state or trait, such as being an anxious, depressed, dependent, or emotionally reserved person.
In general, phenomena that are sufficiently notable to appear in both self-report
and performance-based test data are confirmatory findings that clarify the personality picture of the adolescent patient. Accordingly, clear indications from diverse
sources of information about specific characteristics that exist in a patient, are recognized by this patient, and are broadly manifest in this patients behavior increase
the confidence and certainty with which examiners can draw diagnostic inferences,
formulate treatment recommendations, and comment on decision-making issues of
various kinds.
Whereas congruence between self-report inventories and performance-based
measures clarifies the personality picture and facilitates clinical decision-making,
divergence in these data complicates the interpretive process. However, being divergent does not mean being contradictory nor does complexity preclude clear clinical
conclusions. To the contrary, valid self-report and performance-based test data are
both meaningful in their own right, and divergent findings do not signify that inferences based on one type of measure should be accepted and inferences based on the
other should be discarded. Instead, divergence between measures provides information that can and should be used in clinical decision-making, and poses the question
of why a respondent has shown different characteristics or a different extent of
specific characteristics on the two kinds of measures. The possible answers to this
question enrich rather than detract from what examiners can learn about people
from their responses to a multifaceted test battery. Among other possibilities, divergent test findings may be tapping different aspects of particular personality characteristics, and they may be reflecting respondents attitudes toward ambiguity (i.e.,
relatively comfortable or uncomfortable with it) and their level of self-awareness
and openness.
This chapter has reviewed the conceptual and empirical basis for a multi-method
approach to personality assessment that integrates in addition to a clinical interview
two kinds of psychological tests: self-report inventories and performance-based measures. We pointed out the advantages of the Rorschach, which in combination with
40
Conclusion
Personality assessment with psychological tests should be guided by three considerations. First, because self-report and performance-based tests measure personality
characteristics in different and complementary ways, the assessment process should
include and integrate both kinds of instruments. Specifically, self-report tests are
direct and explicit measures that are particularly sensitive to personality characteristics people recognize in themselves and are willing to report, whereas performancebased tests are indirect and implicit methods that are particularly sensitive to
underlying attitudes and concerns of which people are unaware or reluctant to report.
Second, with respect to Rorschach assessment, the interpretive process should
take into account and integrate structural, thematic, and behavioral features of the
test responses. Failure to consider all three response characteristics and attend to
both quantitative and qualitative features of the data ignores valuable information
and limits the utility of the assessment.
Third, with regard to Rorschach assessment of adolescents, interpretation of the
findings should attend to age-related reference norms and the cultural context of the
young person being examined. Rorschach variables always reflect the same personality characteristics, but the implications of these characteristics for adjustment difficulties depend on normative expectations for persons of similar age, country,
ethnic group, family, and neighborhood.
In summary, the preceding discussion indicates how and why drawing inferences
from a multi-method assessment approach that includes the Rorschach improves the
accuracy and utility of conclusions about an adolescents personality functioning,
adjustment problems, and treatment needs. However, because personality characteristics are not yet fully developed in adolescence, these conclusions should address
not only present personality functioning, but also the likelihood of continuities and
change as the young person matures into adulthood.
References
41
References
American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders
(5th ed.). Washington, DC: Author.
Archer, R., & Newsom, C. (2000). Psychological test usage with adolescent clients: Survey update.
Assessment, 7, 227235.
Ben-Porath, Y. S. (2003). Assessing personality and psychopathology with self-report inventories.
In J. R. Graham & J. A. Naglieri (Eds.), Assessment psychology (pp. 553578). Vol. 10 in I. B.
Weiner (Ed.-in-Chief), Handbook of psychology. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Blatt, S. J., Brenneis, C. B., Schimek, J. G., & Glick, M. (1976). Normal development and psychopathological impairment of the concept of the object on the Rorschach. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 85, 364373.
Blatt, S. J., Tuber, S., & Auerbach, J. (1990). Representation of interpersonal interaction on the
Rorschach and level of psychopathological impairment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 54,
711728.
Bleiberg, E. (2001). Treating personality disorders in children and adolescents: A relational
approach. New York, NY: Guilford.
Bornstein, R. F. (2011). From symptom to process: How the PDM alters goals and strategies in
psychological assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 93, 142150.
Bornstein, R. F. (2012). Rorschach score validation as a model for 21st. century personality assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 94, 2638.
Bornstein, R. F., Rossner, S. C., Hill, E. L., & Stepanian, M. L. (1994). Face validity and fakability
of objective and projective measures of dependency. Journal of Personality Assessment, 63,
363386.
Bram, A. D. (2010). The relevance of the Rorschach and patientexaminer relationship in treatment planning and outcome assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 92, 91115.
Butcher, J. N. & Williams, C. L. (1992). MMPI-A: Manual for administration, scoring, and interpretation. University of Minnesota Press.
Campbell, D. T., & Fiske, D. W. (1959). Convergent and discriminant validation by the multitrait
multimethod matrix. Psychological Bulletin, 56, 81105.
Exner, J. E. (1974). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Vol. 1). New York, NY: Wiley.
Exner, J. E. (2003). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Basic foundations and principles of
interpretation 4th ed., Vol. 1). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Erdberg, P. (2005). The Rorschach: A comprehensive System (Interpretation 3rd ed.,
Vol. 2). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Fonagy, P. (2003). Towards a developmental understanding of violence. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 183, 190192.
Frank, L. K. (1939). Projective methods for the study of personality. Journal of Psychology, 8,
389413.
Frick, P. J. (2002). Juvenile psychopathy from a developmental perspective: Implications for construct development and use in forensic assessments. Law and Human Behavior, 26,
247253.
Gacono, C. B., & Meloy, J. R. (1994). The Rorschach assessment of a aggressive and psychopathic
personalities. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Ganellen, R. J. (1996). Integrating the Rorschach and the MMPI-2 in personality assessment.
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Ganellen, R. J. (2007). Assessing normal and abnormal personality functioning: Strengths and
weaknesses of self-report, observer, and performance-based methods. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 89, 3040.
42
Huprich, S. K., & Meyer, G. J. (2011). Introduction to the JPA special issue: Can the Psychodynamic
Diagnostic Manual put the complex person back at the center stage of personality assessment?
Journal of Personality Assessment, 92, 109111.
Kleiger, J. H. (1999). Disordered thinking and the Rorschach: Theory, research, and differential
diagnosis. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
Leichtman, M. B. (1996). The Rorschach: A developmental perspective. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic
Press.
Lerner, P. M. (1998). Psychoanalytic perspectives on the Rorschach. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
McClelland, D. C., Koestner, R., & Weinberger, J. (1989). How do self-attributed and explicit
motives differ? Psychological Review, 96, 690702.
McConville, D. W., & Cornell, D. G. (2003). Aggressive attitudes predict aggressive behavior in
middle school students. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 11, 179187.
Meyer, G. J. (1997). Assessing reliability: Critical corrections for a critical examination of the
Rorschach Comprehensive System. Psychological Assessment, 9, 480489.
Murray, J. F. (1997). Towards a synthetic approach to the Rorschach: The case of a psychotic child.
In J. R. Meloy, M. W. Acklin, C. B. Gacono, J. F. Murray, & C. A. Peterson (Eds.), Contemporary
Rorschach interpretation. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
PDM Task Force. (2006). Psychodynamic diagnostic manual. Silver Spring, MD:Alliance of
Psychoanalytic Organizations.
Piquero, A. R. (2011). James Joyce, Alice in Wonderland, the rolling stones, and criminal careers.
Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 40, 761775.
Rapaport, D., Gill, M., & Schafer, R. (1968). Diagnostic psychological testing (Rev. ed. edited by
R. R. Holt). New York, NY: International Universities Press.
Rosenthal, R., Hiller, J. B., Bornstein, R. F., Berry, D. T. R., & Brunell-Neuleib, S. (2001). Metaanalytic methods, the Rorschach, and the MMPI. Psychological Assessment, 13, 449451.
Ruiz, M. A., Drake, E. B., Glass, A., Marcotte, D., & Van Gorp, W. G. (2002). Trying to beat the
system: Misuse of the internet to assist in avoiding the detection of psychological symptom
dissimulation. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 33, 294299.
Schultz, D. S., & Brabender, V. M. (2013). More challenges since Wikipedia: The effects of exposure to internet information about the Rorschach on selected Comprehensive System variables.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 95(2), 149158.
Sugerman, A. (1980). The borderline personality organization as manifested on psychological
tests. In J. S. Kwawer, H. D. Lerner, P. M. Lerner, & A. Sugarman (Eds.), Borderline phenomena and the Rorschach test (pp. 3957). New York, NY: International Universities Press.
Tibon-Czopp, S. (2011). Rorschach inkblot method. In J. R. Levesque (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
adolescence (Vol. 4, pp. 24112421). New York, NY: Springer.
Tibon-Czopp, S. (2012). Applying psychodynamic developmental assessment to explore mental
functioning. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 41, 12591266.
Viglione, D. J. (1990). Severe disturbance or trauma-induced adaptive reaction: A Rorschach child
case study. Journal of Personality Assessment, 55, 280295.
Weiner, I. B. (1990). Distinguishing healthy from disturbed adolescent development. Developmental
and Behavioral Pediatrics, 11, 151154.
Weiner, I. B. (2003). Principles of Rorschach interpretation (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Weiner, I. B. (2005). Integrative personality assessment with self-report and performance-based
measures. In S. Strack (Ed.), Handbook of personology and psychopathology (pp. 317331).
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Weiner, I. B. (2013). Assessment of personality and psychopathology with performance-based
measures. In K. F. Geisinger (Ed.), Handbook of testing and assessment in psychology.
Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Weiner, I. B., & Exner, J. E. (1991). Rorschach changes in long-term and short-term psychotherapy. Journal of Personality Assessment, 56, 453465.
References
43
Weiner, I. B., & Kuehnle, K. (1998). Projective assessment of children and adolescents. In A. S. Bellack
& M. Hersen (Eds.), Comprehensive clinical psychology (Assessment, Vol. 4, pp. 431458).
New York, NY: Pergamon.
Widiger, T. A., Mangine, S., Corbitt, E. M., Ellis, C. G., & Thomas, G. V. (1995). Personality
disorder interview-TV. Professional manual. Odessa, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources.
Wiggins, J. S. (2003). Paradigms of personality assessment. New York, NY: Guilford Press.
Winnicott, D. W. (1971). Playing and reality. New York: Basic books.
Part II
Chapter 4
Rorschach interpretation is a complex and intriguing process. It requires a theoretically based conceptualization of how responses to the inkblots reflect mental states
and personality traits. Weiner (1986) suggests that searching for a conceptual linkage between test findings and behaviors associated with them, which may not be
readily apparent, is a substantial component of the interpretive process. As noted in
Chap. 3, the phenomena occurring during Rorschach assessment provide considerable data that are not readily accessible in other methods of assessment. Particularly
important in this regard is the utility of conceptually informed inferences that help
clinicians translate referral questions and diagnostic criteria into personality dispositions and communicate their diagnostic impressions effectively. From an intellectual perspective, however, this approach offers practitioners the scholarly satisfaction
of understanding why the test works as it does, beyond knowing only how it works
on the basis of empirically supported inferences. In a broader sense, conceptually
based inferences provide a framework for understanding human behavior and the
etiology of psychological disorders.
The basic issues to be explored in conceptually informed assessment practice are
thus related to the nature of the Rorschach task and to the respondents functioning
on this task: why a particular subject perceives the inkblots in a certain manner and
how this manner can be translated into psychodynamic understanding of symptom
formation. By posing these questions, practitioners can move beyond empirically
based interpretations based on normative findings to conceptual formulations of
personality structures and processes that are essential for arriving at meaningful
diagnostic conclusions. The key to justifying inferences drawn from Rorschach
responses becomes a theoretical construct that provides a link between an aspect of
these responses to the inkblots and an aspect of personality functioning that these
responses are presumed to measure. However, as discussed in Chap. 2, the interpretation of Rorschach findings in adolescents is particularly complicated and involves
as well the application of developmental theory to distinguish between healthy and
disturbed personality functioning.
47
48
49
The decision-making aspects of the Rorschach task are thus particularly helpful in
providing clues to the persons behavioral patterns in interpersonal situations.
These three conceptual perspectives on the nature of the Rorschach task are complementary and, as such, should be used jointly in the interpretive process. The
basic assumption in Rorschach assessment is that the inkblot stimuli are assimilated
into an organizational scheme shaped by a persons unique experience. When the
effect of external properties of a stimulus is reduced as in the case of an inkblot,
subjective aspects of perception become increasingly prominent and likely to point
out elements of personality structure and psychodynamic processes. Recent neurobiological research conducted with advanced technology appears to provide some
basis for understanding how the visual stimulus properties of the Rorschach inkblots reflect internal representations. What this means is that the Rorschach stimulus, which is assumed to be emotionally arousing, captures implicit schemas about
ones experiential world (e.g., self and other representations) that in some people
are quite different from their explicit, conscious conceptions.
This research relating neuroscience findings to performance on the Rorschach
task is currently developing but there are already studies showing a link between
brain activity and Rorschach percepts, including percepts involving feelings of
movement (e.g., Giromini, Porcelli, Viglione, Parolin, & Pineda, 2010) or affective
responsiveness (e.g., Asari et al., 2010; Jimura, Konishi, Asari, & Miyashita, 2009).
These findings add important information about differences between the verbal
stimulus of self-report inventories for assessing personality functioning, in which
left hemisphere functions are activated and the visual stimulus of performancebased methods.
In general, the inkblot stimuli and the nature of the Rorschach instructions
(What might this be?) present a task that calls for a dialectal process involving both
internal and external experiences. In this process, the blots are simultaneously perceived and misperceived, created and discovered, involving the mental processes
of both perception and projection. Some people may have difficulty providing
responses to the inkblots. They may begin their responses by insisting that the
stimulus is just an inkblot, or they may deny responses they have already given.
Their explanations during the inquiry may be limited to cataloging which parts of
the percept are present or not present. They operate as keen observers who would
note, for example, what should be added to Card I to make it look like a real bat
(Smith, 1990). These responders do not adapt to the basic task of the test, which is
to misperceive the stimulus. They have limited capacity of coping with reality
beyond the threshold where perception as recognition becomes perception as interpretation (Leichtman, 1996).
From the point of view of thought organization, the fluctuating psychic levels
from perception to projection appear to involve shifts between reality and fantasy.
Each Rorschach response is not a creation from scratch, but instead combines finding meaning and giving meaning (Schafer, 1954). Accordingly, Rorschach responses
reflect the dynamic process of thinking as it moves across various content areas and
different levels of thought organization (Blatt, 1990). The interpretations drawn
50
from Rorschach data are therefore both representative and symbolic. Representative
interpretations are based on perceptual processes (e.g., accurate perception) and
tend to be closely related to observed behaviors. Symbolic interpretations, on the
other hand, are based on projective processes (e.g., seeing human or animal figures
in movement or describing their emotional state), are more speculative than representative interpretations, and are suitable for generating hypotheses more than predicting specific behaviors (Weiner, 2003).
51
Ego Psychology
The ego psychology model, with its focus on adaptation to external reality, fostered the psychoanalytic investigation of key processes in normal development
(Mitchell & Black, 1995). Although the concept of adaptation was initially elaborated by Hartmann (1939) in his essay Ego Psychology and the Problem of
Adaptation, classical Freudian theory also included an implicit adaptational point
of view. Nevertheless, Hartmans conception of the individual as being born with
52
potentiality to adapt to the external environment is consistent with structural psychoanalytic theory, in which the ego is conceived as the major means by which the
psyche adapts to external reality. According to the ego psychology model, adaptation is evaluated by assessing the maturational level of an individuals ego functions, including thought processes, reality testing, judgment, affect regulation,
defenses, impulse control, object relations, and integration or synthesis. Additionally,
the adaptive adequacy of a specific behavior must be described in terms both of the
current level of functioning as reflected in this behavior and its developmental origins. Not uncommonly, the maturational level of a persons ego functioning may
change from time to time to serve some adaptive purpose and quite different or even
totally unrelated to the developmental level originally obtained (Noam & Malti,
2010). Two types of relationship between adaptive ego functioning and developmental processes are central to ego psychology conceptualization. One is progressive adaptation, which occurs along expected developmental lines, and the other
is regressive adaptation, which can be a temporary detour in the service of the ego
(Kris, 1934) and runs counter to expected developmental advance.
In accord with this theoretical perspective, ego-related concepts became a major
topic in developmental psychoanalysis. Some authors suggested that, instead of
viewing character formation as beginning at birth, it is more useful to define this
process as a developmental step that normally starts during latency and continues
through adolescence (e.g., Baudry, 1995). Ego development has generally been utilized as a broad theoretical construct that describes the changing organization of an
individuals management of psychosocial developmental tasks (Noam & Malti,
2010). Clinical evidence suggests that a considerable level of ego development,
including capacities for neutralization, internalization, self-object differentiation,
and formation of ideals, is necessary for the formation of a stable and integrated
character. There is also general agreement that character formation cannot be completed until before the various conflicts of adolescence have been resolved.
Clinicians and theorists who use concepts derived from ego psychology for understanding personality functioning in adolescence stress the development of elements
of decision-making, problem-solving, and competence as playing a major role in
character formation.
These concepts have constituted a framework for distinguishing between
healthy and psychopathological functioning in adolescents and for exploring continuities and changes from adolescence to adulthood (Weiner, 1986). As has been
noted, Rapaports (1967) work originated the application of theoretical constructs
derived from ego psychology to exploring data of psychological testing. With the
inception of the empirically based Rorschach CS, clinicians commonly utilized
this interpretive paradigm, which organizes and integrates test data around concepts derived from ego psychology, by examining the extent to which CS variables
show adaptive ego functioning. Researchers have also developed new Rorschach
CS indices based on ego psychology, a valuable example of which is the Ego
Impairment Index (EII-2; Viglione, Perry, & Meyer, 2003). The EII-2 has consistently proved valid in distinguishing nonpatients from patients with psychological
disorders (Diener et al., 2011).
53
54
considered particularly characteristic of adolescents, who normatively show exacerbated dependency needs, resistance against these needs, and the resulting conflicts
concerning independence. However, there are some conceptual issues involved in
transporting this theoretical construct to clinical practice that should be addressed in
assessing object relations in adolescents. For example, it is unclear to what extent
object relations represent fixed cognitive structures that might be subjected to modification and, if not fixed, the conditions under which they can be changed or modified (Huprich & Greenberg, 2003). What is clear, on the other hand, is that object
relations and their representations are not fully accessible to consciousness and
therefore cannot be assessed solely by self-report measures. Instead, the assessment
of these representations require as well the use of implicit performance-based methods
(e.g., Blatt et al., 1988; Stricker & Healey, 1990; Westen, 1991).
Concepts of object relations theory and Rorschach markers that are assumed to
reflect them include representations of self and other and the cognitive and affective phenomena associated with them. These representations may involve a focus
on several different aspects, including separateness of the self from the object,
affective links between self representations and object representations, the cognitive level of mental representations and the level of ego functioning they reflect,
and various functional features of the representations (Lerner, 1998). Developmental
aspects of object relations that can be assessed by using the Rorschach have also
been explored (e.g., Blatt et al., 1997). As an important recent example, neuropsychological studies (e.g., Schore, 2009) have suggested that early attachment experiences influence critical areas of brain development and that the right hemisphere
is dominant for processing attachment and affective experiences and the resulting
object representations.
Indeed, empirical research and accumulated clinical experience have demonstrated the utility of several CS variables, especially those included in the interpersonal cluster of the Structural Summary, and of such non-CS scales as the Mutuality
of Autonomy Scale (MOA; Urist, 1977) for providing clinicians a glimpse into a
persons object relations. For example, individuals whose inner world is populated
by fragmented part objects tend to give numerous fragmented percepts that are notable for their discontinuity and might indicate dissociative disorders.
Self Psychology
The major concepts of self psychology evolved as a paradigm shift in the prevailing
psychoanalytic models. By the 1960s, practitioners were reporting that the existing
models failed to describe the main complaints of some of their patients. Rather than
showing difficulties related to inadequate adaptation or separationindividuation
conflict that could be explained in terms of ego psychology and object relations
theory, respectively, these patients lacked a sense of inner direction and selfconfidence despite being apparently well adapted and even demonstrating impressive
55
personality functioning. They were observed to be constantly searching for reassurance, acceptance, and admiration, apparently seeking compensation for an empty
and depleted internal experience. With their chronic need for mirroring from outside
sources, these patients were regarded by psychoanalytically oriented practitioners
as essentially narcissistic and lacking a sense of authentic, subjective experience
(McWilliams, 1994).
In response to this new type of difficulty seen in a growing group of patients,
Kohut (1971) reconceptualized personality disorders as disturbances of selfcohesion and established the theoretical paradigm of self psychology, which postulates a psychoanalytic psychology predicated on the primacy of deficit rather
than the centrality of psychic conflicts. The self psychology paradigm focuses on
the three normal needs of mirroring, idealizing, and twinship. In the absence of
responsive and empathic figures who can meet these three needs during childhood
and adolescence, people are vulnerable to experiencing severe threat to their selfcohesion, to which they tend to respond by various maladaptive pathways for sustaining self-esteem, forestalling fragmentation, and preserving a satisfied self
(Silverstein, 2006).
This conceptualization of self-developmental processes and their possible distortions has been applied in assessing adolescents susceptibility to developing personality disorders in adulthood as well as in diagnosing severe mental disorders such as
schizophrenia during adolescence. In this regard, schizophrenia-spectrum disorders
in adolescents involve an impaired reflexive self-awareness in which confusion and
perplexity prevail, as if a sense of identity were lacking altogether. Among adolescents with borderline-spectrum disorders, by contrast, a sense of identity exists but
is usually unstable and highly reactive to changes in mood (Kohut & Elson, 1987).
Such differences in psychopathological manifestations, which have crucial implications in clinical practice with adolescents, are usually quite evident in Rorschach
configurational analysis involving behavioral observations, CS structural variables,
response content, and sequence analysis (Peebles-Kleiger, 2002; Weiner, 2003).
The new self psychology language has been gradually integrated into psychodynamically oriented Rorschach assessment and has added a substantial component to
experientially oriented approaches in evaluating personality functioning (Lerner,
1998). Practitioners began to recognize that psychodynamic psychotherapy aimed
at supporting self-cohesion can be observed even in adolescents who are not notable
for their overall level of narcissism. Furthermore, some DSM diagnostic categories,
particularly those delineating faltering personality development, can be reconceptualized in terms of disorders of the self (Silverstein, 2006) by implementing self
psychology concepts in Rorschach work.
In this regard, the contents of Rorschach responses can be particularly illuminating with respect to the subjective experience of the self (Lerner, 1998;
Silverstein, 1999). Percepts like a dry leaf and a broken glass, when interpreted
within the conceptual paradigm of self psychology, can be considered to reflect an
internal experience of a devitalized or fragmented self, respectively. Elaborations
or response embellishments can also have a revealing narrative quality, even when
56
Relational Psychoanalysis
The tradition that has come to be known as relational psychoanalysis (Mitchell,
1988, 2000) reflects a blending of diverse theories into a broad, multidimensional
model of understanding personality functioning. This model includes concepts
derived from intersubjective, object relations, and self-psychology theories that
commonly depart from the classical psychoanalytic vision of mind by applying
dialectical thinking for understanding human experiences specifically within an
interpersonal context. The model takes into account both experiential and innate
factors probably more equally in practice than in theory: the experiential is viewed
as shaping the innate and the innate as shaping the experiential (Gill, 1995).
Because of the varied approaches by which relational psychoanalysis has been
inspired, it does not constitute a separate psychoanalytic school, in the traditional
meaning of the term. However, this problem of definition has made the relational
model useful in molding a professional and intellectual experience free of the
constraining impact of a specific school of thought (Berman, 1997).
The relational vision suggests that all psychological phenomena, concepts, categories, and activities should be conceptualized as being dialectical rather than discrete and dichotomous. In line with this conceptualization, apparently clear
dichotomized phenomena such as reality and fantasy, me and not me, and self and
object are not at odds with each other, but rather involved in a constant dialectical
tension that promotes healthy personality functioning. Mitchell (2000) states that
fantasy and reality are usually understood as incompatible. However, separating
fantasy and reality is only one possibility to construct and organize experience. For
experience to be meaningful, vital, and robust, fantasy and reality cannot be fully
distinguished from each other. Fantasy cut adrift from reality becomes threatening.
Reality cut adrift from fantasy becomes vapid. Meaning in human experience is
generated by a mutual, dialectical, and enriching tension between reality and fantasy. Accordingly, healthy functioning would be demonstrated in adolescents who
manage to separate their own psychic reality from that of other people while adequately maintaining an intermediate, transitional space (Winnicott, 1971) where
reality and fantasy are perceived as separate yet interrelated.
The Psychodynamic Diagnostic Manual (PDM Task Force, 2006) describes the
capacity for differentiation and integration as one of the crucial areas to be assessed
while evaluating mental functioning of children and adolescents (MCA axis). This
capacity has usually been explored in terms of the relational model (e.g., Fonagy &
57
Target, 1996; Greenspan & Shanker, 2007). As noted in Chap. 2, adolescence brings
with it a clear recognition of the divergences between inner self and outer appearance, together with a developing capacity for differentiating and integrating these
divergent and even contradictory aspects of the self (e.g., internal affect states and
overt behavior). With psychological development the adolescents representational
world becomes increasingly differentiated and integrated, as a reflection of a growing appreciation of mutual relatedness.
Applying a relational model enables practitioners to distinguish between adolescents who are able to create bridges between internal experiences of self and nonself; self and others; reality and fantasy; past, present, and future; and a range of
affective states from those of adolescents whose internal experience is fragmented
most of the time and who consequently show severe impairment in ego strength,
self-cohesion, and reality testing. In Rorschach terms, both a literal and concrete
approach to the task and an overwhelmed approach loaded with fantasy demonstrate
substantially impaired personality functioning. In contrast, playfulness shown in
Rorschach responses is likely to indicate healthy functioning (Handler, 1999).
Smith (1990) applied Winnicotts (1971) construct of potential or transitional
space between reality and fantasy and Ogdens (1986) description of psychopathological states in terms of collapse of potential space to the interpretation of Rorschach
findings. The Rorschach RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0 (RFS-2; Tibon-Czopp,
Appel, & Zeligman, 2015) operationalizes Smiths conceptualization of diagnosing
psychopathological states with the Rorschach and is particularly applicable in
assessing adolescents patterns of functioning in terms of the PDM criteria of differentiation and integration.
Another example of Rorschach interpretation applying a contemporary relational
approach that is consistent with the empirical features of the CS has been provided
by Overton (2000), who focused specifically on color determinants and the
FC:CF+C ratio. This approach traces back to Schachtel (1967), who argued that
how one perceives other people reveals the quality of relatedness between oneself
and others. Accordingly, it is assumed that a developmental sequence of relatedness
(perceptual-relatedness modes) is linked to the Rorschach color determinants and
defines the expected or normative course of relatedness. Relatedness levels and the
developmental transitions between them are described in Piagets (1954) terms as
the underlying assimilation and accommodation processes. Within this general
approach, the FC:CF+C ratio is defined as reflecting four fundamental styles of
relating to ones interpersonal environment, including healthy, egocentric, veneered
egocentric, and defensive patterns of relatedness.
With respect to the interpersonal context of the assessment encounter, the relational tradition has replaced the classical authoritative, neutral, and objective
stance of the practitioner with more mutual even though still asymmetric relationships (Aron, 1992; Mitchell, 2000). According to relational psychoanalysis the
clinical encounter is viewed as Meeting of Minds (Aron, 1996) in which the analyst
explores personality functioning by applying a two-person psychology model.
Corresponding to this perspective, a two-person Rorschach model portrays interaction
and enactment as unavoidable features of the assessment process.
58
This does not mean that classical and relational psychoanalytic theories are
incompatible in either psychotherapy or personality assessment. Although some
theorists would argue that the relational view of the practitioner as a participant
observer (Sullivan, 1953) is very different from the image of an objective interpreter, the richness of the classical tradition can certainly be preserved by reformulating its clinical contributions within an interactive, relational theory of mind and
moving toward an integrated complementary perspective (Gill, 1995).
As discussed in Chap. 3, interpersonal factors play an important part in fostering
cooperation in adolescents who are referred to assessment. Moreover, adolescents
behavior within the interpersonal context of the assessment encounter, and not only
the structural data and content of their responses, provide information about the
quality of their mode of coping with reality, maladaptive immersion in fantasy, and
object relations. Furthermore, applying a relational model to Rorschach assessment
with adolescents illuminates the issues explored by Rorschach theorists concerning
the interpersonal factor involved in the nature of the task, which should be considered while interpreting the data. The interpersonal factor includes but transcends
what is known as behavioral observation by taking into account that the respondents behavior in the test occurs in a particular interpersonal context. This interpersonal matrix enables clinicians to use the assessment alliance as a screen test.
Emphasis on the centrality of the development of mental representation in personality organization, on the one hand, and on different psychoanalytic perspectives, on the other, has enhanced the use of the Rorschach in presenting case studies
of adolescents (e.g., Bram, 2010; Exner & Erdberg, 2005; Exner & Weiner,
1995; Viglione, 1990). Analyses of these case studies are based on the theoretical
assumption that psychological development moves toward the emergence of a consolidated, integrated, and individuated sense of self-definition and empathically
attuned, mutual relatedness with significant figures (Aron, 1996; Blatt, 1991;
Mitchell, 1988; Stern, 1985). From this perspective, differentiation and relatedness
are viewed as interactive dimensions. The dialectical interaction between these two
dimensions facilitates the emergence and consolidation of increasingly mature levels of both self-organization and intersubjective relatedness.
We have presented four different psychoanalytic perspectives based on ego psychology, object relations theory, self psychology and relational psychoanalysis that,
although sometimes being viewed as essentially contradictory, can be used jointly
in the interpretation of an adolescents Rorschach protocol. To illustrate this joint
approach, consider the following response of a 14-year-old boy to Card X: Looks
like all kinds of thingsclothes, toys in many colors that are being thrown all over
the place by an angry little boy who got a chocolate candy shaped like a birdhe
wanted a lionhes not seen in the picture. I can imagine hes sitting here in the
middle throwing things all over the room The content of this response reflects
childish outburst of rage suggesting unregulated affect that appears at odds with its
CS scoring of W+ mp.FCo (A) Sc, Cg, Fd AG, DR1 5.5, in which the form-dominated
color (FC) indicates capacity for mature affect modulation. The conflict between
the stormy response to frustration (throwing things all over the room) and the
59
apparent capacity to modulate affect, as inferred from the contrast between the content
and the scoring of this response, may well have caused internal tension, which is
reflected in the passive inanimate movement (mp).
How can each of the four theoretical perspectives enrich our understanding of the
affective functioning of this adolescent? From an ego psychology perspective, we
can see an uneven maturational level of this boys affective ego function, which is
consistent with developmental expectation in a 14-year-old adolescent. It is nevertheless reasonable to hypothesize that the unregulated affect in the response is secondary to some intrapsychic conflict and that his lapse in ego functioning (as shown
by some dissociated thinking coded as DR1) is related to particular stimulus characteristics (e.g., the color in the blot) or specific dynamic themes (e.g., concerns
around aggression or dependency). From an object relations perspective, the content
of this response raises questions about the possible role in his adjustment difficulties
of unmet dependency needs, as indicated by the Food (Fd) content (a chocolate
candy) and the experience of frustrating object relations.
Applying self psychology concepts would further illuminate the narcissistic
injury (I can imagine hes sitting here in the middle), the experience of being
invisible (hes not seen), and the ineffectiveness of using devaluation and idealization (a bird and a lion) as defensive strategies that can be viewed in terms of
prominent deficits and empathic failure resulting in narcissistic rage. Looking at the
response from a relational psychoanalysis perspective would provide a glimpse of
the style of this adolescents relatedness to his interpersonal environment and, most
importantly, how a suitable therapeutic alliance might enable the emergence of
more mature levels of personality organization.
Clinical practice usually requires movement beyond the strictly empirical evidence into a theory-derived inference. The main complaints of this adolescent on
referral were consistent with a DSM diagnosis of depression. This diagnosis would
be sufficient for a clinician who takes a unitary etiologic and therapeutic stance
toward all adolescent patients. However, more sophisticated assessment would take
into consideration that there are many sources of depression and that the subjective
experience of adolescents who meet the DSM criteria for diagnosis of depression is
likely to vary from one adolescent to another. In keeping with this multi-model
approach to assessment, analyzing the adolescents response to Card X from four
perspectives has generated the hypothesis that, in this particular case, the depression
was a manifestation of an underlying narcissistic disorder.
In summary, we have presented this brief case excerpt to illustrate an integrative
theoretical paradigm for interpreting Rorschach data. In this multi-model approach
the Rorschach protocol is analyzed within the framework of a conceptual understanding of psychopathology and personality functioning in adolescence from four
psychoanalytic perspectives that are sometimes held to be contradictory. Our recommendation for integrating diverse conceptual perspectives derives from the clinical purpose of this book and from our observation that most clinicians search to
assimilate a diversity of approaches and concepts.
60
Conclusion
Rorschach theory consists of conceptual formulations that seek to account for how
and why the Rorschach works. Formulations of how the Rorschach works look at
the Rorschach responses as a representative sample of behaviors and as a stimulus
to fantasy. As a representative sample of behaviors, Rorschach responses provide
clues about a person's response style in ambiguous, affect arousing, and decisionmaking situations. In this regard, people who perceive the blots accurately are likely
to perceive objects and daily events accurately as well. As a stimulus to fantasy, the
Rorschach evokes imagery that can reveal a persons underlying needs, attitudes,
and concerns. For example, respondents who frequently report percepts of people
helping each other may have pressing dependent needs.
Formulations of why the Rorschach works link personality and behavioral characteristics indicated by Rorschach findings to personality and behavioral characteristics that have implications for differential diagnosis and treatment planning. Thus,
frequent inaccurate perceptions of the Rorschach blots can indicate the impaired
reality testing that is characteristic of psychotic disorder, and prominent-dependent
imagery may signal the particular importance of providing support in a treatment
relationship.
Theoretical notions of how and why the Rorschach works are complemented by
information about whether it works. Information about whether the Rorschach
works comes from empirical evidence of its validity for the purposes it is intended
to serve. Such validation is the province of Rorschach research, which is the topic
of the next chapter. Nevertheless, it should be noted that theoretical formulations, no
matter how well and reasonably conceived, are hypothetical until relevant research
confirms their dependability and utility. Inferences drawn from Rorschach imagery
are particularly likely to be speculative and to suggest alternative possibilities rather
than definite conclusions. On the other hand, theoretical formulations often suggest
lines of research not yet pursued and fruitful hypotheses to employ, and they are
more likely than strict empiricism to foster new ideas and methods. A case in point
is Winnicotts conceptualization of transitional space between reality and fantasy, as
described in this chapter, which led to the development and validation of the
RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0 (RFS-2; Tibon-Czopp, Appel & Zeligman, 2015).
This and other CS-based variables represent the creative side of science, which is a
necessary prelude to its confirmation side.
Rorschach scholars have developed both conceptually based and empirically
based approaches to interpretation that together encompass the discovery and the
confirmation components of science. Rorschach interpretation should accordingly
integrate sound conceptualization and adequate empirical evidence. For the
Rorschach, as for other measuring instruments, relevant empirical evidence includes
normative reference data against which obtained scores can be compared to show
concordance with or deviance from expected scores on variables conceptually
related to certain personality characteristics.
References
61
Of further note with respect to Rorschach theory is the distinction between theories and models. Theories can be proved true or false by evidence that substantiates
or disconfirms their premises. Models, on the other hand, are neither true nor false.
They are perspectives on phenomena and are more or less useful in helping to
understand these phenomena, but they cannot be right or wrong. The present chapter describes four models of psychodynamically oriented Rorschach interpretation.
These include ego psychology, object relations theory, self psychology, and relational psychoanalysis. Each of these models adds useful perspectives on the nature
of people, why they behave as they do, and what may cause them to have psychological adjustment problems. It requires that Rorschach clinicians would be familiar
with each of these models and to draw on them jointly in arriving at inferences and
reporting their conclusions and recommendations.
References
Aron, L. (1992). Interpretation as expression of the analysts subjectivity. Psychoanalytic
Dialogues, 2, 475507.
Aron, L. (1996). A meeting of minds: Mutuality in psychoanalysis. New York: Routledge.
Asari, T., Koniski, S., Jimura, K., Chikazoe, J., Nakamura, N., & Miyashita, Y. (2010). Amygdalar
modulation of frontotemporal connectivity during the inkblot test. Psychiatry Research:
Neuroimaging, 2, 103110.
Baudry, F. D. (1995). Character. In B. E. Moore & B. D. Fine (Eds.), Psychoanalysis: The major
concepts (Ch. 16) (pp. 196208). New Haven: Yale University Press.
Berman, E. (1997). Relational Psychoanalysis: A historical background. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 51(2), 185203.
Blatt, S. J. (1990). The Rorschach: A test of perception or an evaluation of representation. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 55(3), 396416.
Blatt, S. J. (1991). A cognitive morphology of psychopathology. The Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 179, 449458.
Blatt, S. J., Auerbach, J. S., & Levy, K. N. (1997). Mental representations in personality development, psychopathology, and the therapeutic process. Review of General Psychology, 1,
351374.
Blatt, S. J., Ford, R. Q., Berman, W., Cook, B., & Meyer, R. (1988). The assessment of change
during the intensive treatment of borderline and schizophrenic young adults. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 5, 127158.
Bram, A. D. (2010). The relevance of the Rorschach and patientexaminer relationship in treatment planning and outcome assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 92, 91115.
Bucci, W. (1985). Dual coding: A cognitive model for psychoanalysis research. Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association, 33, 571608.
Exner, J. E. (1974). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Vol. 1). New York, NY: Wiley.
Exner, J. E. (2003). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Basic foundations and principles of
interpretation 4th ed., Vol. 1). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Erdberg, P. (2005). The Rorschach: A comprehensive System (Interpretation 3rd ed.,
Vol. 2). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Fonagy, P., & Target, M. (1996). Playing with reality: Theory of mind and the normal development
of psychic reality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 77, 217233.
Gill, M. M. (1995). Classical and relational psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 12,
89107.
62
Giromini, L., Porcelli, P., Viglione, D. J., Parolin, L., & Pineda, J. A. (2010). The feeling of movement:
EEG evidence for mirroring activity during the observations of static, ambiguous stimuli in the
Rorschach cards. Biological Psychology, 85, 233241.
Greenberg, J. R., & Mitchell, S. A. (1983). Object relations in psychoanalysis. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Greenspan, S., & Shanker, S. (2007). The developmental pathways leading to pattern recognition,
joint attention, language, and cognition. New Ideas in Psychology, 25, 128142.
Handler, L. (1999). Assessment of playfulness: Hermann Rorschach meets D. W. Winnicott.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 72, 208217.
Hartmann, H. (1939). Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 20, 308321.
Huprich, S. K., & Greenberg, R. P. (2003). Advances in the assessment of object relations. Clinical
Psychology Review, 23, 665698.
Jimura, K., Konishi, S., Asari, T., & Miyashita, Y. (2009). Involvement of medial Prefrontal cortex
in emotion during feedback presentation. NeuroReport, 20, 886890.
Kernberg, O. (1976). Object relations theory and clinical psychoanalysis. NY: Aronson Press.
Kleiger, J. H. (1992). A conceptual critique of the EA:es Comparison in the Rorschach
Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 4, 288296.
Klein, M. (1930). The importance of symbol formation in the development of the ego. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 11, 2439.
Kohut, H. (1971). The analysis of the self. New York, NY: International University Press.
Kohut, H., & Elson, M. (1987). The Kohut seminars on self psychology and psychotherapy with
adolescents and young adults. New York, NY: Norton.
Kris, E. (1934). Psychoanalytic explorations in art. New York, NY: International Universities
Press.
Leichtman, M. (1996). The nature of the Rorschach task. Journal of Personality Assessment, 67,
478493.
Lerner, P. M. (1998). Psychoanalytic perspectives on the Rorschach. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
McWilliams, N. (1994). Psychoanalytic diagnosis: Understanding personality structure in the
clinical process. New York: Guilford Press.
Mihura, J. L., Meyer, G. J., Dumitrascu, N., & Bombel, G. (2013). The validity of individual
Rorschach variables: Systematic reviews and meta-analyses of the comprehensive system.
Psychological Bulletin, 139, 548605.
Mitchell, S. (1988). The intrapsychic and the interpersonal: Different theories, different domains,
or historical artifacts. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 8, 472496.
Mitchell, S. (2000). Relationality from attachment to intersubjectivity. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic
Press.
Mitchell, S. A., & Black, M. J. (1995). Freud and beyond: A history of modern psychoanalytic
thought. New York: Basic Books.
Noam, G. G., & Malti, T. (2010). Ego development. In I. B. Weiner & W. E. Craighead (Eds.),
Corsinis encyclopedia of psychology (pp. 549552). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Ogden, T. H. (1986). The matrix of the mind. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.
Ogden, T. H. (1989). Playing, dreaming, and interpreting experience: Comments on potential
space. In M. Fromm & B. Smith (Eds.), The facilitating environment: Clinical applications of
Winnicotts theory (pp. 255278). Madison, CT: International Universities Press.
Overton, C. G. (2000). A relational interpretation of the Rorschach color determinants. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 75, 426448.
PDM Task Force. (2006). Psychodynamic diagnostic manual. Silver Spring, MD:Alliance of
Psychoanalytic Organizations.
Peebles-Kleiger, M. J. (2002). Elaboration of some sequence analysis strategies: Examples and
guidelines for level of confidence. Journal of Personality Assessment, 79, 1938.
Piaget, J. (1954). The origins of intelligence in children. New York: Norton.
Pine, F. (1988). The four psychologies of psychoanalysis and their place in clinical work. Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 36, 571596.
References
63
Chapter 5
Rorschach research is aimed at enhancing the scientific status of the instrument and
thereby promoting conceptually derived and evidence-based assessment practice.
However, the nature of the Rorschach task and the specific procedures of administering and coding the test pose some unique psychometric issues in addition to those
usually encountered in examining the scientific foundations of psychological tests.
Despite these challenges, properly conducted Rorschach studies can yield new and
compelling insights into personality organization and its development from childhood through adolescence to adulthood.
The main issue with regard to the psychometric properties of the Rorschach concerns the role of response frequency (R). Traditional Rorschach administration procedures did not specify the expected number of responses to each of the cards. This
unconstrained approach was in accord with how the method had initially evolved
(see Chap. 1). The variability of R, together with whatever the influence the length
of a record may have on the frequency of other interpretive Rorschach variables,
could complicate the standardization of the test. Nevertheless, extensive exploration
of this possible problem in the Rorschach literature led to the conclusion that an
R-Controlled method of administration might resolve numerous psychometric problems, but it would entail disagreements that could outweigh the benefits of controlling R (e.g., Meyer, 1992).
In particular, the R variable is a substantial and interpretable component of the
Rorschach, and any R-Controlled method violates the basic premise of the Rorschach
as a free-association task. Indeed, all empirically derived Rorschach data, most of
which have been formulated in terms of the Comprehensive System (CS; Exner,
1974, 2003; Exner & Weiner, 1995), were collected with an R-Free administration
procedure. Accordingly, evidence-based practice should draw its inferences from
studies in which the Rorschach data were obtained with the R-Free administration
method.
Despite the quite evident benefits of using the Rorschach in clinical assessment
of both adults and young people, the method has received mixed reviews and evoked
65
66
Standardization
67
or psychopathological functioning, (c) obtained according to standardized procedures of administration and coding, and (d) show psychometric soundness with
respect to levels of reliability and validity in age-based samples of both nonpatients
and patients (Exner, 1995; Meyer, 2000, 2001; Viglione & Exner, 1995; Weiner,
1995, 2001). The present chapter explores various psychometric considerations
including standardization, reliability, validity, and normative reference data, in relation to data collected from samples of both nonpatients and patients, with particular
attention to adolescents.
Of further note, the discussion includes empirical data concerning the psychometric properties of core Rorschach variables that have appeared since the publication of the second edition of Volume 3 of the CS (Exner & Weiner, 1995) on
Rorschach assessment of children and adolescents. In addition to empirical data
concerning the psychometric properties of Rorschach CS global indices (e.g., PTI,
DEPI), the chapter also includes psychometric information for selected CS variables of cognitive functioning, capacity for experiencing and expressing affect,
interpersonal relatedness, and self-perception. Although an inclusive review of literature concerning the scientific status of the Rorschach is beyond the scope of this
volume, selected findings of some well-designed studies are introduced to help
frame basic foundations for effective Rorschach assessment of mental functioning
in adolescents.
Standardization
Standardization of a psychological test consists of its comprising specific stimuli, a
set of instructions to respondents, and well-defined guidelines for administration
and coding. The scientific status of Rorschach assessment has often been challenged
with respect to its standardization, based on the argument that, to be considered
scientifically valid, Rorschach data can and should be collected, scored, and interpreted independently of any subjective perspective. To address this issue, it might
be useful to apply the psychoanalytic construct of Irreducible Subjectivity (Renik,
1993), which acknowledges that every aspect of psychoanalytically oriented clinical activity inevitably consists of an interaction between two persons. In this interaction, the analyst is a participantobserver (Sullivan, 1940) whose subjective
experience is part of the context in which the data are collected.
The implications of Irreducible Subjectivity for the theory and methodology of
Rorschach assessment are quite clear. Indeed, any procedure related to the Rorschach
(administration, coding, interpretation, report writing) might be suspected of being
contaminated by Irreducible Subjectivity. For example, the number of welldeveloped guidelines for administration can hardly match the variety of contextual
conditions in which evaluations are conducted, and there is good reason to take
interpersonal factors into account in interpreting a Rorschach protocol (Lerner,
1998; Schafer, 1954).
68
Reliability
69
that were employed, together with the time and place of collecting the data, the
nature of the target sample, and statistical evidence of acceptable psychometric
properties of the variables studied in this specific sample.
Reliability
As noted in the assessment literature, inferences based on test measures can evaluate personality and mental functioning adequately only if these measures are reliable. The literature also stresses that reliability must be examined for specific test
variables or configurations rather than any entire test, with the exception of tests
that yield a single overall score (Cicchetti, 1994). Thus, the reliability of the
Rorschach in general and the CS in particular cannot be referred to in a global manner, because the Structural Summary comprises a great many interpretively distinct
scores, scales, and indices compiled from individual response codes. Furthermore,
the intercoder reliability of the various individual codes must be examined along
with the retest reliability of the scoring compilations, and attention must also be
paid to the precision with which coders are able to use the recommended guidelines
for coding each of the eight possible segments in every response. Four of these
response segments (location, pairs, content, and popular responses) usually show
excellent intercoder agreement, whereas the other four segments (developmental
quality, determinants, form quality, and special scores) tend to be somewhat less
often agreed upon.
The extent to which the CS variables are reliably coded in empirical studies and
in clinical practice has been a topic of concern among clinicians. Coding a Rorschach
protocol can be quite time consuming and sometimes requires collaborating with
colleagues to decide how best to code a particular response. As an interesting possibility, intercoder discrepancies can be addressed in part by applying the psychoanalytic construct of Irreducible Subjectivity (Renik, 1993), which has been
previously described. In this regard, clinical experience has suggested that these
discrepancies might reflect conflicts in the individual being tested. For example,
intercoder disagreement as to whether a response should be coded FC or CF may
often reflect a respondents internal conflict between being emotionally reserved or
emotionally spontaneous and extroversive.
There are also varying opinions concerning the appropriate method for evaluating Rorschach coding reliability, especially in light of the many complex decisions
involved in CS coding procedures. Debates on this matter have focused on whether
reliability should be calculated as a percentage agreement or with such more conservative chance corrected agreement coefficients as Kappa and its derivative, Iota
(Janson & Olsson, 2004); whether the whole response or response segments should
be used as the compilation unit; whether individual variables or constellation indices based on a group of variables are more suitable for computing reliability; what
percentage of agreement or level of correlation should be the cutoff point for acceptable intercoder reliability; and whether the data are collected in a clinical or research
70
setting has an effect on the reliability value that is obtained (McGrath et al., 2005;
Meyer, 1997; Viglione, 1999; Weiner, 2001).
Intercoder agreement data with respect to the CS segments of coding (e.g., location, determinants) have repeatedly shown acceptable coefficients, the majority in
the excellent range, in age-based nonpatient samples from different countries tested
in their native languages (e.g., Lis, Salcuni, & Parolin, 2007; Tibon, 2007). These
samples were part of an international reference data project (Meyer et al., 2007), in
which Rorschach protocols were obtained from 21 samples of nonpatient adults in
17 countries (N = 4704) and 31 samples of nonpatient children and adolescents in
five countries (N = 2647).
As noted in some reviews of the research literature (Society for Personality
Assessment, 2005; Weiner, 2001; Viglione, 1999), the consistent evidence drawn
from Rorschach empirical studies and meta-analyses has demonstrated that examiners can readily be trained to achieve adequate intercoder agreement and to reduce
their coding errors in both research studies and applied practice. Rorschach protocols coded according to the CS criteria and guidelines provided in textbooks and
workbooks (Exner, 2001, 2003; Exner & Weiner, 1995; Scaria et al., 2014; Viglione,
2002; Weiner, 2003; Weiner & Greene, 2008) thus allow clinicians to draw evidencebased inferences from their findings. Data drawn from recent publications show that
reliable coding is possible in field settings where practitioners perform under the
time constraints and conditions typical of their daily work (e.g., Kochinski et al.,
2008; Meehan et al., 2008; Perfect et al., 2011).
Adequate intercoder reliability in response-level codes does not necessarily
ensure adequate reliability of protocol-level indices, which are the aggregated indices based on a respondents complete list of response codes. Because interpretation
is based mainly on these summary scores, the reliability coefficients obtained for
them can be considered more important than agreement in coding individual variables. Rorschach research published during 20002012 shows acceptable reliability
coefficients for the major global CS-based indices (PTI, DEPI, CDI, HVI, S-CON,
EII-2, RFS-P, RFS-S) used in this volume for assessing personality functioning (see
Chap. 6). These coefficients were found in nonpatient and patient samples of both
adults and young people to be within the excellent range (e.g., Acklin, McDowell,
Verschell, & Chan, 2000; Meyer et al., 2000; Dao & Prevatt, 2006; Diener,
Hilsenroth, Shaffer, & Sexton, 2011; Meyer et al., 2000; Tibon, 2007; Viglione &
Taylor, 2003). In addition to Rorschach global indices, all of the CS summary scores
recommended in this volume for use in assessing personality functioning in the
clinical practice with adolescents have demonstrated at least acceptable and most
often excellent intercoder reliability in different age-based samples of nonpatients
and patients (e.g., McGrath et al., 2005; Sahly et al., 2011).
As in the case of evidence supporting Rorschach intercoder agreement, studies
exploring testretest reliability over intervals ranging from 7 days to 3 years have
demonstrated substantial reliability for almost all of the Rorschach global indices
and summary scores (e.g., Grnnerd, 2003, 2006; Perry, McDougall, & Viglione,
1995; Viglione & Meyer, 2008). Rorschach interpretable variables that are related
to trait characteristics usually show retest correlations above 0.75, and some of
Validity
71
these correlations, for example, the Affective Ratio (Afr), approach 0.90. Substantial
retest correlations have also been found for global CS and CS-based constellation
indices.
In this regard, findings derived from a metaanalysis on the Ego Impairment
Index, for example, show the stability of the underlying construct measured by the
index (Diener et al., 2011). In general, The only CS variables that show low stability coefficients are inanimate movement (m) and diffuse shading (Y), both of which
are conceptualized as markers of situational distress and are expected to change
over time. Children show stability coefficients similar to those of adults when
retested over brief intervals. Nevertheless, as would be predicted from the evolving
nature of personality during the developmental years, until mid-adolescence young
people typically do not show adult levels of 2-year retest reliability for most
Rorschach variables (Weiner, 2001). On the other hand, the long-term stability of
Rorschach variables gradually increases during adolescence, which is consistent
with the expected gradual consolidation of personality characteristics and contributes to confirming the construct validity of Rorschach assessment as a personality
assessment method.
Validity
Assessment instruments serve little purpose in clinical practice unless they have
been validated against objective external criteria (e.g., behavioral manifestations,
demographic characteristics, a diagnosed disorder, exposure to some event). A conceptually informed approach to assessment research formulates predictions on the
basis of personality characteristics that are believed to account both for a particular
test score that measures these characteristics and for particular behavioral manifestations that reflect it. A positive finding in a Rorschach validation study should
accordingly go beyond demonstrating what goes with what, which constitutes criterion validation, and provide as well some conceptualization of why a specific score
measures what it does (e.g., narcissism, antisocial behavior), which is the essence of
construct validation (Viglione, 1999; Weiner, 1995, 2001).
Weiner (2001) elaborates three issues that should be considered in evaluating
the validity of Rorschach assessment. First, the validity of an assessment tool that
is multidimensional in nature cannot be captured by a single numerical value or
narrative statement. Instead, Rorschach scores have multiple validity coefficients,
and the size of these coefficients would vary with the purposes for which the score
is used. Second, the validity of the Rorschach should be judged primarily from its
correlations with observed rather than inferred variables. Correlations between
inferential measures derived from other assessment tools are especially limited in
their significance for validating Rorschach measures when they involve different
methods of approach. Thus, for example, an extensive conceptual and empirical
literature points out substantial differences between Rorschach and MMPI findings
72
73
74
75
adult nonpatient data from the 17 participating countries have supported the crosscultural transportability of the CS norms and also made it possible to create a composite set of international norms for adults that can serve as a benchmark for clinical
evaluations. However, whereas the average scores across the 21 adult samples of
Meyer at al. are fairly similar, their 31 samples of nonpatient children and adolescents derived solely 5 countries only vary notably on many CS score averages.
Although this variability could reflect differences in administration procedures and
coding practice, they have led some clinicians to propose establishing normative
data by country or language, at least for young people.
Developing country or language specific Rorschach norms would be a difficult
task, however, and the score variability among the samples of children and adolescents would argue against constructing a composite set of norms, as Meyer et al.
(2007) did for the adult samples. Composite norms for the samples of children and
adolescents could lead to inaccurate inferences about the psychopathological implications of certain scores presented in a Rorschach protocol.
While addressing the problem of variability among the samples of young people,
Meyer et al. (2007) suggested inferring abnormal functioning when scores on a variable deviate from the most extreme mean score on that variable among nonpatient
children and adolescent international samples. Nevertheless, T Scores derived from
the adult nonpatient composite data can be used effectively in analyzing protocols to
delineate psychopathological manifestations as shown by deviant scores on certain
Rorschach variables. This method of Rorschach score analysis, as elaborated in the
discussion that follows, can provide clinicians with interpretive guidelines to use at
present. However, the method differs substantially from establishing country-specific
norms, and as interim guidelines pending the availability of further samples of nonpatient adolescents, it makes possible the preliminary presentation in this volume of
some contemporary reference data for evaluating adolescents aged 1118.
The discussion of CS norms for adolescents in the present volume integrates data
from three nonpatient adolescent samples, from Italy (Lis, Salcuni, & Parolin,
2007), Israel (Tibon-Czopp, Rothschild-Yakar, & Appel, 2012), and Iran
(Hosseininasab, Mohammadi, Weiner, & Delavar, 2015), to create a combined
international sample of nonpatient adolescents. This combined sample is compared
to a psychiatric sample composed of 84 inpatients aged 1317 from the USA
(McGrath et al., 2005). The Italian sample, which was included in the Meyer et al.
(2007) international project, comprises two age groups: 116 respondents aged
1214 and 117 respondents aged 1518. The Israeli sample likewise comprises two
age groups: 48 respondents aged 1114 and 52 respondents aged 1518. The Iranian
sample also includes two age groups: 125 respondents aged 1114 and 123 respondents aged 1518. The combined sample thus contains 581 participants aged 1118,
with an approximately equal number of younger and older adolescents.
Table 5.1 presents age-based means for CS variables in each of the three samples
and for the combined sample of nonpatient adolescents from Italy, Israel, and Iran.
Table 5.2 presents age-based weighted T Scores for CS variables in the combined
sample of nonpatient adolescents from Italy, Israel, and Iran. Also presented in this
R
W
D
Dd
S
DQ+
DQo
DQv
DQv/+
FQx+
FQxo
FQxu
FQx
FQxNone
MQ+
MQo
MQu
MQ
MQNone
SQual
M
FM
m
FC
Age 1114
Italy
Israel
22.31
22.14
9.47
8.33
8.71
10.07
4.14
3.74
2.74
2.50
5.21
6.26
14.52
15.14
1.59
0.50
1.00
0.24
0.03
0.00
8.27
9.29
9.60
9.14
4.33
3.38
0.08
0.33
0.01
0.00
1.02
1.60
1.20
1.69
0.57
0.57
0.00
0.05
0.72
0.90
2.79
3.90
2.68
3.52
1.98
2.40
1.90
1.19
Iran
23.64
5.98
12.34
5.33
1.72
4.16
17.04
2.21
0.22
0.31
9.71
8.20
5.32
0.09
0.09
1.59
0.62
0.55
0.01
0.48
2.87
3.56
1.81
1.47
Int.
22.87
7.76
10.52
4.61
2.25
4.90
15.73
1.70
0.54
0.15
9.06
8.91
4.63
0.12
0.04
1.36
1.02
0.56
0.01
0.64
2.99
3.19
1.97
1.60
Age 1518
Italy
Israel
21.79
20.71
8.15
8.00
9.44
10.09
4.20
2.62
2.10
2.81
4.98
5.59
13.21
14.07
2.50
0.69
1.09
0.36
0.03
0.00
8.17
9.38
9.50
7.16
3.81
3.86
0.28
0.31
0.03
0.00
1.48
1.83
1.38
0.90
0.64
0.69
0.01
0.00
0.53
1.05
3.53
3.41
3.09
2.91
1.62
1.72
1.38
1.26
Iran
26.29
6.67
14.00
5.59
1.04
4.04
19.65
2.13
0.45
0.17
11.34
8.81
5.70
0.25
0.13
1.75
0.79
0.67
0.03
0.35
3.37
3.65
2.13
1.71
Int.
23.44
7.51
11.45
4.47
1.80
4.71
16.04
1.99
0.68
0.08
9.71
8.76
4.60
0.27
0.07
1.66
1.04
0.66
0.02
0.56
3.44
3.29
1.85
1.49
Age 1118
Italy
Israel
22.05
21.31
8.81
8.14
9.08
10.08
4.17
3.09
2.42
2.68
5.09
5.87
13.86
14.52
2.05
0.61
1.05
0.31
0.03
0.00
8.22
9.34
9.55
7.99
4.07
3.66
0.18
0.32
0.02
0.00
1.25
1.73
1.29
1.23
0.61
0.64
0.01
0.02
0.62
0.99
3.16
3.62
2.89
3.17
1.80
2.01
1.64
1.23
Iran
24.95
6.32
13.16
5.46
1.38
4.10
18.33
2.17
0.33
0.24
10.52
8.50
5.51
0.17
0.11
1.67
0.70
0.61
0.02
0.42
3.12
3.60
1.97
1.59
Int.
23.16
7.63
10.99
4.53
2.02
4.80
15.88
1.85
0.62
0.11
9.39
8.83
4.61
0.20
0.05
1.51
1.03
0.61
0.01
0.60
3.22
3.24
1.91
1.55
Table 5.1 Means of CS variables for three age-based groups and for the combined international sample of nonpatient adolescents from Italy, Israel, and Iran
76
5 The Rorschach Inkblot Method: Research
CF
C
Cn
Sum Color
WSumC
Sum C
Sum T
Sum V
Sum Y
Sum Shading
Fr + rF
FD
F
Pair
3r + (2)/R
Lambda
PureF%
FM + m
EA
es
D Score
AdjD
a (active)
p (passive)
Age 1114
Italy
Israel
2.27
1.57
0.13
0.79
0.01
0.00
4.30
3.55
3.41
3.35
2.78
1.98
0.52
0.40
1.35
1.24
2.03
1.62
6.68
3.26
0.54
0.14
1.63
1.95
8.57
8.40
5.96
7.45
0.34
0.38
0.88
0.84
0.39
0.38
4.66
5.93
6.20
7.25
11.35
11.17
1.71
1.29
0.75
0.38
4.23
4.12
3.25
5.81
Iran
0.94
0.61
0.00
3.00
2.60
1.08
0.60
0.30
0.32
2.31
0.34
0.87
11.78
7.75
0.34
1.33
0.47
5.36
5.48
7.66
0.73
0.35
5.32
2.91
Int.
1.58
0.44
0.00
3.61
3.04
1.91
0.54
0.87
1.21
4.24
0.39
1.34
9.96
6.97
0.35
1.07
0.42
5.16
6.04
9.69
1.21
0.52
4.69
3.48
Age 1518
Italy
Israel
2.08
1.24
0.22
0.57
0.01
0.02
3.68
3.09
3.10
2.72
3.00
1.62
0.62
0.36
1.63
0.67
2.21
1.12
7.46
2.16
0.55
0.69
1.46
1.67
7.55
8.28
6.06
5.64
0.36
0.37
0.71
0.81
0.35
0.40
4.72
4.64
6.63
6.14
12.18
8.41
1.78
0.69
0.93
0.17
4.04
3.74
4.32
4.33
Iran
0.74
0.84
0.02
3.31
2.84
1.71
0.30
0.30
0.40
2.74
0.23
0.88
13.08
9.33
0.37
1.31
0.48
5.80
6.21
8.52
0.68
0.32
5.97
3.22
Int.
1.36
0.54
0.02
3.41
2.92
2.20
0.44
0.89
1.25
4.48
0.45
1.26
9.97
7.33
0.37
0.98
0.41
5.15
6.36
9.94
1.11
0.53
4.78
3.87
Age 1118
Italy
Israel
2.17
1.38
0.18
0.66
0.01
0.01
3.99
3.28
3.25
2.99
2.89
1.77
0.57
0.38
1.49
0.91
2.12
1.33
7.07
2.62
0.55
0.46
1.54
1.79
8.06
8.33
6.01
6.40
0.35
0.37
0.79
0.83
0.37
0.39
4.69
5.18
6.42
6.61
11.77
9.57
1.75
0.94
0.84
0.26
4.13
3.90
3.79
4.95
Iran
0.84
0.72
0.01
3.15
2.72
1.39
0.45
0.30
0.36
2.52
0.29
0.87
12.42
8.53
0.35
1.32
0.47
5.58
5.84
8.09
0.71
0.34
5.64
3.06
(continued)
Int.
1.47
0.49
0.01
3.51
2.98
2.06
0.49
0.88
1.23
4.36
0.42
1.30
9.97
7.15
0.36
1.02
0.42
5.15
6.20
9.82
1.16
0.52
4.74
3.68
Ma
Mp
Intellect
Zf
Zd
Blends
Blends/R
Col-Shd Blends
Afr
Populars
XA%
WDA%
X+%
X%
Xu%
Isolate/R
H
(H)
Hd
(Hd)
Hx
H, (H), Hd, (Hd)
A
(A)
Age 1114
Italy
Israel
1.53
1.86
1.28
2.10
0.86
2.74
12.96
11.55
2.31
0.83
5.28
5.36
0.23
0.23
0.91
1.02
0.46
0.53
4.53
3.86
0.81
0.84
0.82
0.86
0.39
0.43
0.19
0.15
0.41
0.41
0.29
0.18
2.44
2.52
1.12
1.07
1.54
2.17
0.73
0.48
0.38
0.81
5.82
6.24
8.04
8.50
0.25
0.40
Iran
1.76
1.10
2.44
8.31
0.80
3.18
0.14
1.06
0.50
3.73
0.76
0.78
0.43
0.22
0.33
0.21
2.54
1.18
1.12
0.12
0.58
4.97
8.98
0.47
Int.
1.68
1.32
1.84
10.70
1.18
4.36
0.19
0.99
0.49
4.08
0.79
0.81
0.41
0.20
0.37
0.24
2.50
1.14
1.45
0.42
0.53
5.51
8.52
0.37
Age 1518
Italy
Israel
1.44
1.67
2.15
1.74
1.56
1.69
11.11
10.91
1.42
1.80
5.44
3.78
0.25
0.18
1.04
0.48
0.48
0.53
4.20
3.97
0.81
0.80
0.83
0.83
0.39
0.46
0.18
0.19
0.42
0.34
0.25
0.19
2.37
2.22
1.24
0.90
2.00
1.55
0.73
0.71
0.66
0.28
6.33
5.38
6.99
7.59
0.35
0.52
Iran
2.16
1.21
2.17
9.15
1.58
3.06
0.11
1.21
0.51
4.40
0.77
0.80
0.44
0.20
0.32
0.17
2.78
1.23
1.30
0.27
0.88
5.60
9.41
0.46
Int.
1.78
1.68
1.84
10.26
0.86
4.13
0.18
1.00
0.50
4.24
0.79
0.82
0.42
0.19
0.36
0.21
2.51
1.17
1.62
0.54
0.68
5.84
8.10
0.43
Age 1118
Italy
Israel
1.48
1.75
1.72
1.89
1.21
2.13
12.03
11.18
1.86
1.40
5.36
4.44
0.24
0.20
0.98
0.71
0.47
0.53
4.36
3.92
0.81
0.81
0.83
0.86
0.39
0.45
0.18
0.17
0.42
0.37
0.27
0.18
2.40
2.35
1.18
0.97
1.77
1.81
0.73
0.61
0.52
0.50
6.08
5.74
7.51
7.97
0.30
0.47
Iran
1.96
1.15
2.31
8.73
1.19
3.12
0.13
1.13
0.50
4.06
0.76
0.79
0.43
0.21
0.33
0.19
2.66
1.20
1.21
0.19
0.73
5.28
9.19
0.47
Int.
1.73
1.51
1.84
10.47
1.01
4.25
0.18
1.00
0.50
4.16
0.79
0.82
0.42
0.19
0.37
0.22
2.50
1.15
1.54
0.48
0.61
5.68
8.31
0.40
78
5 The Rorschach Inkblot Method: Research
Ad
(Ad)
An
Art
Ay
Bl
Bt
Cg
Cl
Ex
Fi
Food
Ge
Hh
Ls
Na
Sc
Sx
Xy
Idiographic
An + Xy
DV
INCOM
DR
Age 1114
Italy
Israel
1.90
2.24
0.23
0.29
0.47
0.60
0.34
0.86
0.34
0.60
0.21
0.21
1.52
1.21
2.03
1.90
0.15
0.14
0.35
0.21
0.70
0.29
0.10
0.60
0.04
0.02
0.57
0.74
1.37
0.67
1.57
0.93
1.65
2.07
0.02
0.12
0.03
0.00
1.53
0.43
0.51
0.45
2.00
0.93
0.38
0.81
0.21
0.21
Iran
1.92
0.07
0.56
1.05
0.06
0.20
1.18
1.87
0.16
0.22
0.24
0.50
0.12
0.99
0.92
1.13
1.56
0.02
0.02
0.65
0.58
0.54
1.16
0.13
Int.
1.96
0.17
0.53
0.73
0.25
0.21
1.32
1.94
0.15
0.27
0.44
0.35
0.07
0.78
1.07
1.28
1.67
0.03
0.02
0.98
0.53
1.20
0.79
0.18
Age 1518
Italy
Israel
1.91
1.52
0.22
0.16
0.41
0.71
0.34
0.83
0.27
0.45
0.15
0.33
0.94
1.02
2.13
1.79
0.14
0.16
0.21
0.16
0.53
0.21
0.16
0.59
0.17
0.22
0.61
0.76
1.23
0.57
1.36
0.93
1.60
1.78
0.08
0.10
0.06
0.14
1.78
0.40
0.47
0.71
1.04
0.71
0.36
0.67
0.09
0.29
Iran
2.4
0.08
0.97
0.95
0.05
0.21
1.37
1.32
0.16
0.18
0.14
0.23
0.71
0.47
0.81
0.99
1.43
0.08
0.08
0.86
1.00
0.39
1.02
0.13
Int.
2.04
0.15
0.70
0.69
0.21
0.21
1.13
1.73
0.15
0.19
0.31
0.27
0.40
0.58
0.93
1.12
1.56
0.08
0.08
1.13
0.73
0.71
0.69
0.15
Age 1118
Italy
Israel
1.91
1.82
0.22
0.21
0.44
0.66
0.34
0.84
0.30
0.51
0.18
0.28
1.23
1.10
2.08
1.84
0.14
0.15
0.28
0.18
0.13
0.59
0.61
0.24
0.11
0.14
0.59
0.75
1.30
0.61
1.46
0.93
1.62
1.90
0.05
0.11
0.05
0.08
1.66
0.41
0.49
0.60
1.52
0.80
0.37
0.73
0.15
0.26
Iran
2.16
0.07
0.76
1.00
0.06
0.20
1.27
1.60
0.16
0.20
0.37
0.19
0.41
0.73
0.87
1.06
1.50
0.05
0.05
0.75
0.79
0.47
1.09
0.13
(continued)
Int.
2.00
0.16
0.62
0.71
0.23
0.21
1.23
1.83
0.15
0.23
0.31
0.37
0.24
0.68
1.00
1.20
1.62
0.06
0.05
1.06
0.64
0.95
0.74
0.16
FABCOM
DV2
INC2
DR2
FAB2
ALOG
CONTAM
Sum6 Sp Sc
Lv2 Sp Sc
WSum6
AB
AG
COP
CP
Good HR
Poor HR
MOR
PER
PSV
Age 1114
Italy
Israel
0.19
0.14
0.02
0.00
0.14
0.17
0.01
0.02
0.14
0.38
1.36
0.05
0.04
0.00
4.48
2.71
0.30
0.57
12.85
7.48
0.10
0.64
0.18
0.74
0.41
1.31
0.00
0.00
3.47
3.50
2.73
3.48
0.91
1.40
0.88
0.83
0.35
0.36
Iran
0.31
0.01
0.11
0.08
0.06
0.33
0.05
2.77
0.20
7.60
0.66
0.52
0.28
0.00
2.98
2.48
0.79
0.74
0.23
Int.
0.24
0.01
0.13
0.04
0.14
0.71
0.04
3.46
0.30
9.73
0.43
0.41
0.49
0.00
3.26
2.73
0.93
0.81
0.30
Age 1518
Italy
Israel
0.17
0.31
0.00
0.00
0.15
0.10
0.01
0.00
0.05
0.16
0.19
0.02
0.02
0.00
2.08
2.26
0.21
0.26
4.79
5.76
0.48
0.21
0.21
0.66
0.35
0.53
0.00
0.03
3.89
2.88
3.02
2.97
0.69
1.52
0.51
0.93
0.27
0.24
Iran
0.28
0.00
0.14
0.02
0.04
0.35
0.07
2.47
0.17
7.21
0.58
0.45
0.49
0.00
3.39
3.01
0.91
0.47
0.21
Int.
0.24
0.00
0.14
0.01
0.07
0.22
0.04
2.28
0.20
5.98
0.47
0.40
0.44
0.01
3.49
3.01
0.94
0.58
0.24
Age 1118
Italy
Israel
0.18
0.24
0.01
0.00
0.15
0.13
0.01
0.01
0.09
0.24
0.77
0.03
0.03
0.00
3.27
2.45
0.25
0.38
8.80
6.41
0.29
0.39
0.20
0.69
0.38
0.86
0.00
0.02
3.68
3.14
2.88
3.18
0.80
1.47
0.69
0.89
0.31
0.29
Iran
0.30
0.01
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.34
0.06
2.62
0.19
7.41
0.62
0.49
0.38
0.00
3.18
2.74
0.85
0.61
0.22
Int.
0.24
0.01
0.13
0.03
0.10
0.46
0.04
2.85
0.25
7.79
0.45
0.40
0.46
0.00
3.38
2.87
0.94
0.69
0.27
80
5 The Rorschach Inkblot Method: Research
81
Table 5.2 Weighted means of T Scores for CS variables in the combined international sample of
nonpatient adolescents and in a sample of patient adolescents from the USA (McGrath et al., 2005)
R
W
D
Dd
S
DQ+
DQo
DQv
DQv/+
FQx+
FQxo
FQxu
FQx
FQxNone
MQ+
MQo
MQu
MQ
MQNone
SQual
M
FM
m
FC
CF
C
Cn
Sum Color
WSumC
Sum C
Sum T
Sum V
Sum Y
Sum Shading
Fr + rF
FD
F
Pair
3r + (2)/R
82
Table 5.2 (continued)
Lambda
PureF%
FM + m
EA
Es
D Score
AdjD
a (active)
p (passive)
Ma
Mp
Intellect
Zf
Zd
Blends
Blends/R
Col-Shd Blends
Afr
Populars
XA%
WDA%
X+%
X%
Xu%
Isolate/R
H
(H)
Hd
(Hd)
Hx
H, (H), Hd,
(Hd)
A
(A)
Ad
(Ad)
An
Art
Ay
Bl
53
49
48
50
46
47
47
49
52
54
47
49
47
44
46
50
51
50
48
50
47
46
46
49
52
50
48
50
46
46
47
49
(continued)
83
Bt
Cg
Cl
Ex
Fi
Food
Ge
Hh
Ls
Na
Sc
Sx
Xy
Idiographic
An + Xy
DV
INCOM
DR
FABCOM
DV2
INC2
DR2
FAB2
ALOG
CONTAM
Sum6 Sp Sc
Lvl2 Sp Sc
WSum6
AB
AG
COP
CP
Good HR
Poor HR
MOR
PER
PSV
Note: T Scores in bold are significantly elevated or lowered in comparison to the international
sample of nonpatient adults (Meyer et al., 2007)
84
table are T Scores of a patient adolescents sample from the USA (McGrath et al.,
2005). These T Scores were computed by scaling a variable to set its mean at 50 and
its standard deviation (SD) at 10. Thus a T Score of 40 is 1SD below the mean, a T
Score of 60 is 1SD above the mean, and so on. Meyer et al.s composite international sample of adults is used as a benchmark for computing the T Scores for the
current adolescent sample, because considerable variability was found among their
international samples of children and adolescents. This procedure makes it possible
to evaluate the current combined sample of Italian, Israeli, and Iranian adolescents
against the standard established for nonpatient adults and to highlight and quantify
any developmental differences that might be present.
In addition, a weighted mean T Score is presented for both the younger and older
adolescent groups. In occurrences of missing values (e.g., the S-CON for younger
adolescents to whom it is not applicable), the T Score calculations are based on the
weighted means for the age group in which these values are available (1518).
Deviations are noted in bold when the value of a variable exceeds a cutoff point of
5 (T < 45 or > 55), which is equal to 1/2 SD below or above the mean of the value of
this variable in the Meyer et al. (2007) composite international sample of adults.
Deviations in T Scores allow clinicians and researchers to determine how much a
person or a sample differs from an expected norm.
Data presented in Table 5.2 show that if cutoff points of T < 45 or > 55 are applied,
deviations (indicated in bold) of the current international sample of nonpatient adolescents aged 1118 from the norms established by the composite adult sample of
Meyer et al. (2007) occur in the following variables: FQu, popular (P) responses,
X + %, Xu%, and ALOG, with T Scores of 57, 43, 42, 59, and 57, respectively.
However, whereas the lowered X + % commonly characterizes nonpatient adolescents in both age-based groups of all three countries, deviations in FQu, P, Xu%,
and ALOG appear to be more culture specific, with the Italian younger group showing normative P and elevated ALOG, the Israeli older group showing normative
FQu and X + %, and the Iranian younger group showing normative FQu and Xu%.
With respect to the elevated ALOG in the Italian younger group, as suggested by
Wenar and Curtis (1991), this CS marker of psychopathological thinking, which
represents a departure from conventional logic into circumstantial ideation, might
be elevated in normative children and is expected to decline with cognitive development. It might therefore represent a childish pattern of ideation characterizing the
Italian sample aged 1114, rather than evidence of disordered thinking (see Chap.
2). However, this and other cultural specific differences should be further explored.
The main finding in the cross-cultural analysis is that, with rare exception, the T
Scores for CS variables in the combined international sample of adolescents
commonly fall in a narrow range from 45 to 55, reflecting 1/2 SD, with many of the
scores falling in an even narrower range from 47 to 53. These close to average T
Scores indicate substantial similarity between the present reference data for adolescents and the international composite data for nonpatient adults. The most notable
exception in this regard is the elevated T Score for Xu%, with a T Score of 59 (based
on the composite nonpatient adult sample). As an index of nonconventional percep-
85
86
ficially dichotomized cutoff scores (e.g., MacCallum, Zhang, Preacher, & Rucker,
2002; Meyer et al., 2007). However, to facilitate clinical inferences based on the
presence or absence of certain CS scores, Table 5.3 provides frequency data for the
traditional classifications found in Exners reference tables. Using the same procedures described for compiling the weighted mean T Scores, we computed the average proportion of participants in the three nonpatient samples of adolescents in each
classification category.
Table 5.3 compares age-based weighted frequencies for selected CS variables in
the combined sample of nonpatient adolescents from Italy, Israel, and Iran with
Meyer et al.s (2007) composite international sample of nonpatient adults. The data
presented in the table indicate that differences between the Rorschach data of the
nonpatient adolescents in the current composite sample and those of the nonpatient
adults in the international composite sample of Meyer et al. (2007) occur particularly with respect to two related FQ variables, X + % < 0.55 and Xu% > 0.20. The
data also show a substantially higher percentage of P < 4 in the adolescent sample,
which, like low X + % and high Xu%, has implications for nonconformity. These
differences between the current adolescent sample and the adult composite international sample could be interpreted as reflecting expected developmental tendencies
to pursuit individuality (see Chap. 2).
Analyzing CS norms of children aged 516, Wenar and Curtis (1991) found
several longitudinal Rorschach changes consistent with predictions from developmental psychological data, including increases over time in cognitive complexity,
precision of thinking, and conformity to socially acceptable patterns of thinking and
perception. As shown in Tables 5.1, 5.2, and 5.3, the new composite norms are very
similar to the adult composite norms, which means not only that the Rorschach does
not overpathologize adolescents with respect to their cognitive functioning, but also
that examiners can interpret CS variables such as X-% similarly for adolescents and
adults, without any age adjustment. For example, X-% > 0.30, and with greater confidence X-% > 0.42, which is the mean in the current international sample of adolescents, can be used as a benchmark for distinguishing between healthy and
psychopathological functioning. Consistent with this recommendation, an
X-% > 0.29 receives one point on the Perceptual Thinking Index (PTI), and an
X-% > 0.40 receives two points.
Aside from cognitive functioning, two examples of unique adolescent features in
the affect and self-perception domains are worth noting. First, the normal maturational tendency for adolescents to become emotionally more reserved and less
intense would be reflected, as previously noted, in a decreasing number of color
form (CF) and no-form color (Pure C) responses that are considered a corollary of
relatively unmodulated patterns of emotional expressiveness, compared to formdominated color responses (FC) that are considered a corollary of relatively
modulated patterns of emotionality. As evidence in this regard, the traditional CS
norms point to CF + C responses that substantially outnumber FC responses in the
reference groups for children aged 58 and CF + C responses that are a bit more
frequent than FC responses among older children and young adolescents (aged
87
Table 5.3 Frequencies for selected CS variables in the combined international sample of
nonpatient adolescents as compared to the composite international sample of nonpatient adults
(Table 2, Meyer et al., 2007)
Variables
Styles
Introversive
Pervasive introversive
Ambitent
Extratensive
Pervasive extratensive
Avoidant
D Scores
D Score > 0
D Score = 0
D Score < 0
D Score < 1
Adj D Score > 0
Adj D Score = 0
Adj D Score < 0
Adj D Score < 1
Zd
Zd > +3.0 (overincorp)
Zd < 3.0 (underincorp)
Form quality
XA% > 0.89
XA% < 0.70
WDA% < 0.85
WDA% < 0.75
X + % < 0.55
Xu% > 0.20
X % > 0.20
X % > 0.30
FC:CF + C ratio
FC > (CF + C) + 2
FC > (CF + C) + 1
(CF + C) > FC + 1
(CF + C) > FC + 2
Constellations
S-Constellation positive
HVI positive
OBS positive
PTI =5
Int. adolescents
1114
1518
M%
M%
1118
M%
Int. adults
M%
16 %
10 %
26 %
18 %
10 %
40 %
23 %
14 %
28 %
13 %
6%
36 %
20 %
12 %
27 %
15 %
8%
38 %
26 %
16 %
31 %
16 %
9%
28 %
8%
41 %
51 %
30 %
14 %
49 %
38 %
18 %
8%
40 %
53 %
32 %
13 %
47 %
40 %
20 %
8%
40 %
52 %
31 %
13 %
48 %
39 %
19 %
12 %
46 %
41 %
23 %
19 %
52 %
30 %
13 %
15 %
31 %
20 %
32 %
18 %
31 %
19 %
29 %
16 %
18 %
53 %
23 %
87 %
90 %
47 %
15 %
13 %
15 %
61 %
20 %
84 %
88 %
41 %
12 %
14 %
16 %
57 %
22 %
85 %
89 %
44 %
14 %
19 %
18 %
49 %
20 %
55 %
68 %
41 %
14 %
16 %
29 %
32 %
24 %
12 %
28 %
29 %
16 %
14 %
28 %
30 %
20 %
13 %
22 %
24 %
15 %
N/A
8%
0%
0%
11 %
8%
0%
0%
11 %
8%
0%
0%
4%
12 %
0%
0%
(continued)
88
Table 5.3 (continued)
Variables
PTI =4
PTI =3
DEPI =7
DEPI = 6
DEPI = 5
CDI = 5
CDI = 4
Miscellaneous variables
R < 17
R > 27
DQv > 2
S>2
Sum T = 0
Sum T > 1
3r + (2)/R < 0.33
3r + (2)/R > 0.44
Fr + rF > 0
Pure C > 0
Pure C >1
Afr < 0.40
Afr < 0.50
(FM + m) < Sum Shading
(2AB + Art + Ay) > 5
Populars < 4
Populars > 7
COP = 0
COP > 2
AG = 0
AG >2
MOR > 2
Level 2 Sp.Sc. > 0
GHR > PHR
Pure H < 2
Pure H = 0
p>a+1
Mp > Ma
Int. adolescents
1114
M%
2%
7%
1%
9%
21 %
8%
35 %
1518
M%
0%
3%
2%
6%
24 %
10 %
34 %
1118
M%
1%
5%
1%
7%
23 %
9%
34 %
Int. adults
M%
2%
6%
2%
10 %
19 %
11 %
25 %
18 %
27 %
26 %
35 %
66 %
11 %
46 %
26 %
26 %
31 %
9%
26 %
50 %
38 %
8%
41 %
4%
70 %
6%
70 %
2%
11 %
20 %
56 %
34 %
11 %
25 %
31 %
19 %
26 %
29 %
29 %
68 %
10 %
40 %
30 %
27 %
34 %
14 %
26 %
51 %
43 %
8%
31 %
2%
70 %
4%
72 %
2%
10 %
15 %
55 %
39 %
13 %
29 %
41 %
18 %
26 %
27 %
32 %
67 %
11 %
43 %
28 %
26 %
33 %
12 %
26 %
50 %
40 %
8%
36 %
3%
70 %
5%
71 %
2%
10 %
17 %
56 %
37 %
12 %
27 %
36 %
25 %
20 %
16 %
40 %
57 %
15 %
39 %
30 %
25 %
25 %
7%
27 %
47 %
35 %
11 %
16 %
12 %
42 %
13 %
64 %
4%
16 %
17 %
57 %
35 %
11 %
21 %
32 %
Note: S-CON data for adolescents are based on the Italian and Israeli samples only
912 years old). The 13- to 16-year-old adolescents in the CS reference sample gave
fewer CF + C than FC responses. As shown in Table 5.3, the current reference data
of the combined adolescent sample are much more similar to those of adult sample
of Meyer, Erdberg, and Shaffer (2007) although contemporary normative adolescents,
89
particularly those in the 1114 age group, are still more likely than adults to have
CF + C dominant color use.
Second, with respect to their self-perception, the data in Table 5.3 show approximately the same frequency of an elevated Egocentricity Index (> 0.44) in the combined adolescent sample (28 %) and Meyer et al.s composite adult sample (30 %).
On the other hand, the adolescent sample shows a higher percentage with reflection
responses (Fr + rF > 0 = 32 %) than the adult sample (Fr + rF > 0 = 25 %). This difference between adolescents and adults is consistent with the expected engagement of
adolescents in self-focused mental functioning, as mentioned in Chap. 2 and as
measured by reflection responses. However, the difference between these two measures of self-focused functioning (i.e., the Egocentricity Index and Fr + rF > 0)
might raise question about the traditional CS interpretation of the Egocentricity
Index, which includes pair responses (2) in addition to the Fr + rF (see Chap. 6).
As has been noted in Chap. 2, developmental changes in personality characteristics do not call for corresponding changes in the interpretation of related Rorschach
indices. Accordingly, a predominance of CF + C over FC responses typically characterizes young people who show emotional intensity and limited affect modulation, whatever the age of the child or adolescent. However, the implications of such
a finding would be age related, with limited affect modulation suggesting normative
development in children but emotional immaturity in older adolescents and adults,
with possible related adjustment difficulties.
Further analyses of the current data have shown that, with respect to color use,
the expected developmental pattern might be culturally dependent. Thus, whereas
the percentages of nonpatient adolescents who show more color-dominated (CF + C)
than form-dominated (FC) color responses become a bit lower in the older age
group (1518) as compared to those in the 1114 age group in both the Israeli and
the Iranian samples, the percentages of Italian adolescents who provide more colordominated responses are higher in the older age group. These findings show that
Italian adolescents may exhibit a curvilinear pattern throughout adolescence in
which a larger portion of them demonstrate a less mature style of modulating affect
when they are 1518 than when they are 1114 years of age.
Because the traditional CS reference data on nonpatient adolescents were collected over 30 years ago and refer to samples solely from the USA, differences
between these data and the current composite adolescent sample data could reflect
cultural variation or cultural change over time. As previously suggested by TibonCzopp, Rothschild-Yakar, and Appel (2012), these changes might also be related to
advances in modern technology, including the impact of the internet and Facebook
revolution on how people interact with their environment. The possible patterns in
which modern technology translates into adolescents manner of responding to the
Rorschach is an intriguing area for investigation, and the question of whether
response differences over time are due to exposure to environmental changes or to
substantial changes in patterns of mental functioning, particularly in adolescence,
should be further explored. On the other hand, even though Rorschach age-based
reference data are of considerable importance for evaluating the extent to which
obtained scores deviate from expected values in certain age groups, normative data
should be interpreted cautiously. Statistical norms should not be equated with
90
psychological normality, and uniqueness should not automatically be taken to indicate psychopathological functioning.
Although the normative reference CS data for adolescents, presented in this
chapter, have been drawn solely from three countries, the findings have some substantial implications with respect to clinical practice with adolescents. Particularly
important in this regard is the evidence that the Rorschach does not show diagnosable psychopathology when it is not present and that, except for some adolescent
inclination toward nonconventional and individualistic perception, there are no normative differences between adolescent and adult patterns of cognitive functioning.
In clinical practice, this finding may call for reconsideration of the cutoff scores in
the CS textbooks to make them congruent with the currently updated norms.
To recapitulate the recommendations in this chapter, T Scores lower than 40 (M
1SD) and higher than 60 (M+ 1SD) on Rorschach markers of psychopathology
should be considered indicative of some degree of disturbance but do not necessarily warrant a formal clinical diagnosis. For example, the upper limit for X-% as
established by M + 1SD in the composite international sample of adults would be
0.19 + 0.11 = 0.30 (see Table 1 in Meyer et al., 2007). When a protocol shows an
X-% that exceeds 0.30, it is likely to be demonstrating disturbed mental functioning
probably manifest in distortions of reality and inaccurate perception of people and
events. Rorschach data in which T Scores on CS markers of psychopathology
exceed the upper limit of 65 should be interpreted as providing substantial evidence
for disturbed functioning.
To facilitate Rorschach work in clinical practice with adolescents, Chap. 6 provides updated cutoff scores for CS markers of disturbed functioning. Overall, the
current data offer ample evidence that the Rorschach does not overpathologize adolescents. Rorschach protocols of nonpatient adolescents do not provide any evidence, and no more than those of nonpatient adults, of distorted perception or
disturbed thinking, and they can be interpreted by using the same cutoff points as
are applicable for adults.
Conclusion
Whereas the previous chapter was concerned with theoretical conception of how
and why the Rorschach works, the present chapter addresses empirical research
concerning whether it works. Whether the Rorschach or any other personality
assessment instrument works is a function of the dependability and utility of its
findings, which constitute its essential psychometric properties. To be psychometrically sound, personality assessment instruments should (a) employ standardized procedures for data collection, (b) generate consistent findings over time for
stable phenomena or changing findings that parallel changes in these phenomena,
(c) measure accurately the phenomena they are designed or intended to measure,
Conclusion
91
and (d) have comparison data that provide a basis for qualitative judgments about
the obtained information.
For the Rorschach and personality assessment instruments in general, standardized administration and coding make possible the accumulation of the results of
Rorschach research studies to provide dependable large-sample information about
the stability, accuracy, and applicability of Rorschach variables. Consistency over
time is demonstrated by substantial testretest reliability coefficients for Rorschach
variables that are presumed to measure stable personality characteristics. For variables presumed to measure situational characteristics, on the other hand, or among
individuals known to have undergone some personality change, retest coefficients
may be minimal.
The accuracy of Rorschach findings, in common with the results of other personality assessment measures, consists of their validity for serving relevant purposes.
Several aspects of relevance are particularly important in evaluating Rorschach
validity. First, the numerous variables that comprise the Rorschach are likely to differ in their relevance for certain purposes, and it is these variables, not the Rorschach
as a whole, that can be found more or less valid in research studies. The number or
percentage of Rorschach variables that are validated in particular studies may justify referring to the entire measure as being more or less valid, but such global reference to the Rorschach or to any other multiple variable assessment instrument has
little relevance to what certain test variables may contribute to answering particular
referral questions. Second, the validity and utility of Rorschach variables should be
assessed by how they relate to conditions or events in which personality characteristics are assumed to play an important part and not for how they delineate conditions or predict events in which personality characteristics are of little relevance.
Third, Rorschach validation research should compare the obtained findings with
relevant observed behaviors and objective characteristics of people, not with the
findings of other personality assessment instruments that, like the Rorschach, are
inferential themselves and more or less valid for certain purposes. Fourth, Rorschach
research should emphasize construct validation, which is more likely to generate
relevant information than studies that are limited to criterion validation. Criterion
validation relates Rorschach findings to certain conditions or events, whereas construct validation seeks in addition to explain why such relationships exist. Construct
validation thus speaks to the complementary roles of conceptualization and empiricism in advancing knowledge, as discussed in the previous chapter.
As for comparison data that provide a basis for qualitative judgments, normative reference information is necessary for investigating how groups of people
resemble or differ from each other and for distinguishing between normal and
abnormal test findings. For these purposes, normative reference samples should be
as large as is feasible to compile; they should include representative groups of
nonpatients differing in age, nationality, and as many other demographic characteristics for which sufficient data can be collected; and these data should be collected by
examiners trained in administering and coding whatever measures are being studied.
92
References
Acklin, M. W., McDowell, C. J., Verschell, M. S., & Chan, D. (2000). Interobserver agreement,
intraobserver agreement, and the Rorschach Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 74, 1557.
Allen, J., & Dana, R. H. (2004). Methodological issues in cross cultural and multicultural
Rorschach research. Journal of Personality Assessment, 82, 189206.
Blais, M. A., Hilsenroth, M. J., Castlebury, F., Fowler, J. C., & Baity, M. R. (2001). Predicting
DSM-IV Cluster B personality disorder criteria from MMPI-2 and Rorschach data: A test of
incremental validity. Journal of Personality Assessment, 76, 150168.
Bornstein, R. F. (2012). Rorschach score validation as a model for 21st. century personality assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 94, 2638.
Cicchetti, D. V. (1994). Guidelines, criteria, and rules of thumb for evaluating normed and standardized assessment instruments in psychology. Psychological Assessment, 6, 284290.
Dao, T. K., & Prevatt, F. (2006). A psychometric evaluation of the Rorschach Comprehensive
Systems Perceptual Thinking Index. Journal of Personality Assessment, 86, 180189.
Diener, M. J., Hilsenroth, M. J., Shaffer, S. A., & Sexton, J. E. (2011). A metaanalysis of the relationships between the Rorschach Ego Impairment Index (EII) and psychiatric severity. Clinical
Psychology and Psychotherapy, 18, 464485.
Dumitrascu, N. (2007). Rorschach Comprehensive System data for a sample of 111 adult nonpatients from Romania. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89, S142148.
References
93
Exner, J. E. (1974). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Vol. 1). New York, NY: Wiley.
Exner, J. E. (1995). Introduction. In J. E. Exner (Ed.), Issues and methods in Rorschach research
(pp. 124). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Exner, J. E. (2000). A primer for Rorschach interpretation. Asheville, NC: Rorschach Workshops.
Exner, J. E. (2001). A Rorschach workbook for the comprehensive system. Asheville, NC:
Rorschach Workshops.
Exner, J. E. (2003). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Basic foundations and principles of
interpretation 4th ed., Vol. 1). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Fowler, C. J., Piers, C. C., Hilsenroth, M. J., Holdwick, D., & Padawer, R. (2001). Assessing risk
factors of various degrees of suicidal activity: The Rorschach Suicide Constellation. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 76, 333351.
Grnnerd, C. (2003). Temporal stability in the Rorschach method: A meta-analytic review.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 80, 272293.
Grnnerd, C. (2006). Reanalysis of the Grnnerd (2003) Rorschach temporal stability metaanalysis set. Journal of Personality Assessment, 86, 222225.
Handler, L., & Clemence, A. J. (2005). The Rorschach Prognostic Rating Scale. In R F. Bornstein
& J. M. Masling (Eds.), Scoring the Rorschach: Seven validated systems (pp, 124). Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Hiller, J. B., Rosenthal, R., Bornstein, R. F., Berry, D. T. R., & Brunner-Neuleib, S. (1999). A
comparative meta-analysis of Rorschach validity. Psychological Assessment, 11, 278296.
Hosseininasab, A., Mohammadi, M. R., Weiner, I. B., & Delavar, A. (2015). Rorschach
Comprehensive System Data for a Sample of 478 Iranian Children at Four Ages. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 97, 12335.
Ilonen, T., Henimaa, M., Korkeila, J., Syirski, T., & Salokanga, K. R. (2010). Differentiating adolescents at clinical high risk for psychosis from psychotic and non-psychotic patients with the
Rorschach. Psychiatric Research, 179, 151156.
Janson, H., & Olsson, U. (2004). A measure of agreement for interval or nominal multivariate
observations by different sets of judges. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 64,
6270.
Janson, H., & Stattin, H. (2003). Predictions of adolescent and adult delinquency from childhood
Rorschach ratings. Journal of Personality Assessment, 81, 5163.
Kochinski, S., Smith, S. R., Baity, M. R., & Hilsenroth, M. H. (2008). Rorschach correlates of
adolescent self-mutilation. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 72, 5477.
Lerner, P. M. (1998). Psychoanalytic perspectives on the Rorschach. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
Lis, A., Salcuni, S., & Parolin, L. (2007). Rorschach Comprehensive System data for a sample of
116 preadolescent and 117 adolescent nonpatients from Italy. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 89(S1), S91S96.
MacCallum, R. C., Zhang, S., Preacher, K. J., & Rucker, D. D. (2002). On the practice of dichotomization of quantitative variables. Psychological Methods, 7, 1940.
McGrath, R. E., Pogge, D. L., Stokes, J. M., Cragnolino, A., Zaccario, M., Hayman, J., et al.
(2005). Field reliability of Comprehensive System scoring in an adolescent inpatient sample.
Assessment, 12, 199209.
Meehan, K. B., Ueng-McHale, J. Y., Reynoso, J. S., Harris, B. H., Wolfson, V. M., Gomes, H.,
et al. (2008). Self-regulation and internal resources in school-aged children with ADHD symptomatology: An investigation using the Rorschach Inkblot Method. Bulletin of the Menninger
Clinic, 72, 259282.
Meloy, R. (1988). The psychopathic mind. Northvale, NJ: Aronson.
Meyer, G. J. (1992). Response frequency problems in the Rorschach: Clinical and research implications with suggestions for the future. Journal of Personality Assessment, 58, 231244.
Meyer, G. J. (1997). Assessing reliability: Critical corrections for a critical examination of the
Rorschach Comprehensive System. Psychological Assessment, 9, 480489.
94
Meyer, G. J. (2000). On the science of Rorschach research. Journal of Personality Assessment, 75,
4681.
Meyer, G. J. (2001). Evidence to correct misperceptions about Rorschach norms. Clinical
Psychology: Science and Practice, 8, 389396.
Meyer, G. H., & Archer, R. P. (2001). The hard science of Rorschach research. Psychological
Assessment, 13, 486502.
Meyer, G. J., Erdberg, P., & Shaffer, T. W. (2007). Toward international normative reference data
for the Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89(S1), S201S216.
Meyer, G. J., & Handler, L. (2000). Incremental validity of the Rorschach Prognostic Rating Scale
over the MMPI Ego Strength Scale and IQ. Journal of Personality Assessment, 74, 356370.
Meyer, G. J., Riethmiller, R. J., Brooks, G. D., Benoit, W. A., & Handler, L. (2000). A replication
of Rorschach and MMPI-2 convergent validity. Journal of Personality Assessment, 74,
175215.
Mihura, J. L., Meyer, G. J., Dumitrascu, N., & Bombel, G. (2013). The validity of individual
Rorschach variables: Systematic reviews and meta-analyses of the comprehensive system.
Psychological Bulletin, 139, 548605.
Miller, D. N., & Nickerson, A. B. (2006). Projective assessment and school psychology:
Contemporary validity issues and implications for practice. California School Psychologist,
11, 7384.
Perfect, M. M., Tharinger, D. J., Keith, T. Z., & Lyle-Lahroud, T. (2011). Relations between
MMPI-A scales and severity of maltreatment among adolescents. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 93, 582591.
Perry, W., McDougall, A., & Viglione, D. J. (1995). A five year follow-up on the temporal stability
of the Ego Impairment Index. Journal of Personality Assessment, 64, 112118.
Renik, O. (1993). Analytic interaction: Conceptualizing technique in light of the analysts irreducible subjectivity. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 62, 553571.
Sahly, J., Shaffer, T. W., Erdberg, P., & OToole, S. (2011). Rorschach intercoder reliability for
protocol-level Comprehensive System variables in an international sample. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 93, 592596.
Scaria, A. D., Weiner, I. B., & Ritzler, B. A. (2014). Coding strategies for the Rorschach
Comprehensive System. Ashville, NC: Rorschach Training Programs.
Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing: Theory and application.
New York: Grune & Stratton.
Smith, S. R., Baity, M. R., Knowles, E. S., & Hilsenroth, M. J. (2001). Assessment of disordered
thinking in children and adolescents: The Rorschach Perceptual-Thinking Index. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 77, 447463.
Society for Personality Assessment. (2005). The status of the Rorschach in clinical and forensic
practice: An official statement by the Board of Trustees of the Society for Personality
Assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 85, 219237.
Stokes, J., Pogge, D., Powell-Lunder, J., Ward, A., Bilginer, L., & DeLuca, V. (2003). The
Rorschach Ego Impairment Index: Prediction of treatment outcome in a child psychiatric population. Journal of Personality Assessment, 81, 1119.
Sullivan, H. S. (1940). Conceptions of modem psychiatry. Psychiatry, 3, 1117.
Tibon, S. (2007). Rorschach Comprehensive System data for a sample of 41 Adult nonpatients
from Israel. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89(S1), S80S84.
Tibon-Czopp, S. (2011). Rorschach inkblot method. In J. R. Levesque (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
adolescence (Vol. 4, pp. 24112421). New York, NY: Springer.
Tibon-Czopp, S., Appel, L., & Zeligman, R. (2015). Assessing personality patterns of functioning
in a decision-making ambiguous task: The Rorschach Reality-Fantasy Scale (RFS-2). Group
Decision and Negotiation, 111.
Tibon-Czopp, S., Rothschild-Yakar, L., & Appel, L. (2012). Rorschach Comprehensive System
(CS) reference data for Israeli adolescents. Journal of Personality Assessment, 94, 276286.
References
95
Viglione, D. J. (1999). A review of recent research addressing the utility of the Rorschach.
Psychological Assessment, 11, 251265.
Viglione, D. J. (2002). Rorschach coding solutions: A reference guide for the Comprehensive
System. San Diego, CA: Author.
Viglione, D. J., & Exner, J. E. (1995). Formulating issues in Rorschach research. In J. E. Exner
(Ed.), Issues and methods in Rorschach research (pp. 5371). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates.
Viglione, D. J., & Meyer, G. J. (2008). An overview of Rorschach psychometrics for forensic
practice. In C. B. Gacono & B. F. Evans (Eds.), The handbook of forensic Rorschach assessment (pp. 2154). New York: Routledge.
Viglione, D. J., Perry, W., & Meyer, G. J. (2003). Refinements in the Rorschach Ego Impairment
Index incorporating the Human Representational Variable. Journal of Personality Assessment,
81, 149156.
Viglione, D. J., & Taylor, N. (2003). Empirical support for interrater reliability of Rorschach
Comprehensive System coding. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 59, 111121.
Wallerstein, R. S. (2009). What kind of research in psychoanalytic science? International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 90, 109133.
Weiner, I. B. (1995). Variable selection in Rorschach research. In J. E. Exner (Ed.), Issues and
methods in Rorschach research (pp. 7397). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Weiner, I. B. (1996). Some observations on the validity of the Rorschach Inkblot Method.
Psychological Assessment, 8, 206213.
Weiner, I. B. (1999). Contemporary perspectives on Rorschach assessment. European Journal of
Psychological Assessment, 15, 7896.
Weiner, I. B. (2001). Advancing the science of psychological assessment: The Rorschach Inkblot
Method as exemplar. Psychological Assessment, 13, 423432.
Weiner, I. B. (2003). Principles of Rorschach interpretation (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Weiner, I. B. (2004). Rorschach assessment: Current status. In M. Hersen (series Ed.) & M. J.
Hilsenroth & D. L. Segal (vol. Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychological assessment:
Vol. 2. Personality assessment (pp. 343355).
Weiner, I. B., & Greene, R. L. (2008). Handbook of personality assessment. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Weiner, I. B., & Meyer, G. J. (2009). Personality assessment with the Rorschach Inkblot Method.
In J. N. Butcher (Ed.), Oxford handbook of personality assessment (pp. 277298). New York:
Oxford University Press.
Wenar, C., & Curtis, K. M. (1991). The validity of the Rorschach for assessing cognitive and affective changes. Journal of Personality Assessment, 57, 291308.
Chapter 6
Administration
The CS workbook (Exner, 2001) delineates specific guidelines for Rorschach
administration to be followed around the world, with some minor adaptations dictated by individual needs or cultural constraints. These minor adaptations might
include avoiding a second administration when R < 14, accepting more than five
responses to a card while coding five responses only, sitting at a 90-degree angle
from the person being examined instead of the side-by-side seating recommended
by the CS workbook, or in exceptional circumstances conducting the inquiry during
97
98
the response phase of the administration. As has been noted, preservation of the
standardized common procedures of data collection, with minimal allowance for
necessary adaptations, enhances the cross-cultural applicability of whatever normative reference data are obtained. With respect to the testing-the-limits (TL) procedure for evaluating whether popular responses (P) can be given to Cards III, V, and
VIII, our clinical experience indicates that this procedure is particularly helpful in
distinguishing between psychotic and nonpsychotic disorders in adolescents.
Coding
Each Rorschach response should be scanned for the following features: Location
(which part of the blot or the background was used?); Developmental Quality (how
much organizational activity is involved?); Determinants (what made the blot look
like it did?); Form Quality (does the shape of the object seen in the response realistically resemble these objects?); Pairs (is there reference to symmetrical objects?);
Contents (what is seen?); Popular (P) responses (is the object commonly seen by
other individuals?); Special Scores (does the response include some unusual features related to cognitive functioning?); and Z score (how much organizational
activity is invested in the response?).
The CS workbook (Exner, 2001) delineates specific instructions to guide the
Rorschach coding process. Two additional sources, Viglione (2002) and Scaria,
Weiner, and Ritzler (2014), provide coding guidelines that clarify Exners instructions and suggest solutions to various coding problems. We recommend reliance on
these sources in the coding of Rorschach protocols. Further attention would be helpful in differentiating between sometimes contradictory types of responses that have
the same code (e.g., soft and rough texture responses) and clarifying the guidelines for coding Form Quality (FQ) and some Special Scores, especially perseveration
(PSV). As noted in Chap. 5, on the other hand, accumulated research has shown that
the CS codes can be used reliably and provide empirically valid and clinically meaningful information either as individual variables or as elements of global indices.
Interpretation
Interpretation is the most complex facet of Rorschach work, involving as it does the
integration of structural, thematic, behavioral, and sequential data. Whereas the perceptual nature of the Rorschach task illuminates the potential contribution of CS
structural variables, its associational and interpersonal nature require analyzing the
thematic imagery, the response sequence, as well as transference and countertransference issues. Many clinicians rely on the Rorschach as an assessment tool for helping to distinguish between healthy and psychopathological functioning in adolescents.
As a standardized behavioral task that does not require respondents to engage in
conscious reflection, it is well-suited for this purpose, if properly used. The present
99
Interpretation
Table 6.1 Selected CS and CS-based variables and reference values for assessing impaired
cognitive functioning in adolescentsa
Variables
General Indices
PTI
RFS-P
Reference Values
PTI > 3
RFS-P < 0.30
RFS-S
RFS-S > 2.67
EII-2
EII-2 > 0
Attention (Processing)
L
L < 0.30
L > 0.99
W:D:Dd
W > .50
D < .50
Dd > .15
Zd
Zd > + 3.0
Zd < 3.0
DQv
DQv > 2
Proneness to dissociation
Likelihood to maladaptive functioning
Excessive openness to experience; over
involvement in contemplating the underlying
significance of events or sorting out feelings
about them
Limited openness to experience; narrow frame
of reference; tendency for detachment from
thoughts and feelings
Inordinate attention to global or unusual aspects
of experience rather than to what is ordinary
and commonplace; often associated with
unconventional attitudes or behavioral
tendencies
Attending to more information than can be
organized efficiently and examining experience
more thoroughly than is necessary
Taking in too little information and examining
experience less thoroughly than would be
advisable
Impressionistic, poorly defined, and concrete
style of processing information
(continued)
100
X-%
Xu%
P<4
P>7
Thinking (Ideation)
WSum6
WSum6 > 17
Lv2
Lv2 > 0
MM- > 1
FM + m
FM + m > 6
INTELL
a
Note. The CS variables that correspond to the codes in each of the sections of the first column are
as follows: General indices. PTI = Perceptual Thinking Index. A constellation index composed of
five conditions involving the critical special scores (DV, DR, INC, FAB, ALOG, CONTAM) and form
quality variables. RFS-P and RFS-S = mean and SD scores on the RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0
(RFS-2; Tibon-Czopp, et al., 2015), a CS-based index, calculated by the RFS Software, according to
a flowchart. Because the reference values for the RFS-P is different in adults (RFS-P < 0.51; RFSP > +0.65), the reference values presented in the table should be applied only to adolescents (1118);
EII-2 = Ego Impairment Index, which refers both to cognitive and interpersonal functioning;
Attention (Processing cluster). L = Lambda, the relative number of pure form (F) responses divided
by to the number of responses with determinants other than pure form (F/R-F). W:D:Dd = the number of whole blot (W), usual detail (D), and unusual detail (Dd) responses. Zd = a difference score
calculated by subtracting an estimated total Z Score for the responses in a protocol (Zest) from the
total assigned Z scores (ZSum). DQv = number of responses with vague developmental quality
(DQv). Perception (Mediation cluster). XA% = percentage of total responses with ordinary, ordinaryelaborated, or unusual form quality (FQo;FQ+;FQu). WDA% = percentage of responses to common
areas of the blot (W or D) that have accurate form quality (+, o, u). X-% = percentage of responses
with minus form quality (FQ-). Xu% = percentage of responses with unusual form quality (FQu);
P = number of Popular (P) responses. Thinking (Ideation cluster). WSum6 = weighted sum of critical
special scores; Lv2 = number of responses coded with Level 2 Special Scores; M- = sum of human
movement (M) responses with distorted form (FQ-); FM + m = sum of animal movement (FM) and
inanimate movement (m) responses; INTELL = Intellectualization Index, computed as the sum of
2AB + Art + Ay. An additional variable that has implications for cognitive functioning is MOR (see
self-perception, Table 6.4). When interpreted as a cognitive variable, MOR > 2 is often indicative of
pessimistic thinking. Based on Table 2 in Meyer et al. (2007), which shows that the traditional reference value of Xu% > 0.20 was found to be applicable for more than a half of the international nonpatient adult sample, this value was not included in the table for distinguishing between healthy and
psychopathological functioning
101
Interpretation
Table 6.2 Selected CS and CS-based variables and reference values for assessing impaired
affective experience in adolescentsa
Variables
DEPI
S-CON
D Score
Reference Values
DEPI = 5 or higher
S-CON = 8 or higher
D Score < 1
D Score > 0
AdjD Score
AdjDMD
FC: CF + C
FC > (CF + C) + 2
(CF + C) > FC + 2
Pure C
Pure C > 1
Cons. Index
eb
Col-Shd
Col-Shd > 1
S>3
Afr
Note. The CS variables that correspond to the codes in the second column are as follows:
DEPI = Depression Index. A constellation index composed of seven conditions associated with
affective states. S-CON = Suicide Constellation. A constellation index composed of twelve conditions relating to all four dimensions of personality functioning. Two of these conditions
(FV + VF + V + FD > 2 and Color-Shading Blend > 0) are particularly likely to be associated
with suicidality, and their endorsement lowers the cutoff score that should be considered. D
Score = a difference score that converts the raw score difference between EA and es into a scaled
(continued)
102
in the following three chapters (7, 8, 9). Five additional variables that are indicative
of personality style rather than psychopathology should also be examined when
interpreting a Rorschach protocol. These five variables are the total number of
responses (R), the EB ratio between human movement (M) responses and the
weighted sum of color responses (WSumC), the ratio between active and passive
movement responses (a:p), the ratio between active and passive human movement
responses (Ma:Mp), and the Complexity Index (Comp. Index = Blends:R), which
refers to the relative number of responses having more than one determinant.
These stylistic variables provide a contextual framework for interpretation. For
example, EB is an indicator of personality style, not psychopathology, which is not
included in Tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4, but it can be useful in differentiating the
presence of certain kinds of disorder or susceptibility to them. As a case in point,
being extratensive can help to differentiate the presence of or susceptibility to bipolar disorder or borderline personality disorder, whereas being introversive makes
the presence or susceptibility to these primarily affective disorders unlikely. In general, R is usually indicative of a persons openness, energy level, and productivity;
Blends: R speaks to the relative simplicity or complexity of an individuals personality style; a surplus of passive movements suggests a deferential style in interpersonal relationships and a preference for being a follower rather than a leader; and a
surplus of passive human movement points to a problem-solving style based more
on thinking than on taking action. Although descriptive of style, none of these variables is likely to be a CS marker of psychopathological functioning.
Tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4 present selected Rorschach variables for distinguishing between healthy and psychopathological functioning in the four domains of
cognitive functioning, affective experience, interpersonal relatedness, and self perception. Some of these variables have implications for more than one domain and
should be interpreted accordingly. The selected variables provide a basic platform
for interpreting the data presented in the eight clusters of the CS Structural Summary.
103
Interpretation
Table 6.3 Selected CS and CS-based variables and reference values for assessing impaired
interpersonal relatedness in adolescentsa
Variables
CDI
Reference Values
CDI > 3
EA
HVI
EA < 6
HVI positive
Human Content
Pure H
Pure H = 0
Fd
Fd > 0
Sum T
Sum T > 1
COP
COP = 0
AG
AG > 2
PER
PER > 0
Note. The CS variables that correspond to the codes in the second column are as follows:
CDI = Coping Deficit Index. A constellation index measuring impaired interpersonal functioning.
EA = Experience Actual. Sum of human movement responses (M) and the weighted sum of color
responses (WSumC). HVI = Hypervigilance Index. A constellation index composed of eight conditions related to cognitive and interpersonal dimensions of personality functioning. When the first
condition of no texture (T = 0) and four of the other conditions are present, the HVI is likely to be
clinically meaningful. The index can be also be interpretively significant when HVI > 4, regardless
of whether the first condition is present. Human Content = number of responses with human content, not including Hx. Pure H = number of responses with whole realistic human figures. a:p = ratio
between the number of active movement and passive movement. Sum T = number of responses
with one of the texture codes (FT, TF, T). COP = Cooperative Movement. A special score assigned
to movement responses in which two or more objects are engaged in a positive or cooperative
interaction. AG = Aggressive Movement. A special score assigned to movement responses involving aggressive actions. PER = Personalized. A special score for responses in which the subject
refers to personal knowledge or experience. PER also has implications for self-perception. An
additional variable that has implications for interpersonal functioning is human movement with
distorted form quality (M-). This variable is included in the CS Ideation cluster as an indicator of
strange ideas about people. As an interpersonal variable, it is associated with inaccurate impressions of people and interpersonal events. Based on Table 2 in Meyer et al. (2007), which shows that
the traditional reference values of T = 0 and AG =0 were found to be applicable for more than a half
of the international nonpatient adult sample, these values were not included in the table for distinguishing between healthy and psychopathological functioning
104
Table 6.4 Selected CS and CS-based variables and reference values for assessing impaired self
perception in adolescentsa
Variables
Reflections
Reference Values
Fr + rF > 0
Egoc. Index
Sum V > 0
FD
FD = 0
FD > 2
MOR
MOR > 2
H: (H) + Hd + (Hd)
Note. The CS variables that correspond to the codes in the second column are as follows:
Reflections = number of responses with Fr or rF; Egocentricity Index = [3r + (2)]/R represents the
proportion of reflection and pair responses in a protocol, with each reflection response (Fr or rF)
being weighed as three pair responses. An elevated Egocentricity Index is likely to be clinically
meaningful only if Fr + rF > 0. Sum V = number of responses that with one of the vista codes (FV,
VF, V); FD = Form Dimensionality. Number of responses that involve impressions of depth or
dimensionality that are not based on shading; MOR = Morbid. MOR is a special score for objects
perceived as dead, destroyed, damaged, dysfunctional, or as experiencing dysphoric feelings.
Whether an elevated number of MOR responses have implications for self-perception, ideation, or
affective experience depends on the contents of these responses. H: (H) + Hd + (Hd) = ratio between
Pure H and all the other human figure responses. An additional variable with implications for selfperception is PER which is included in the CS Interpersonal cluster
As has been noted, we recommend adding to this platform the five stylistic variables
R, EB, a:p, Ma:Mp, and Complexity Index. Attention to other CS structural variables that appear relevant to a case under consideration and have values that deviate
markedly from those found in nonpatient samples (see Chap. 5) may enrich the
psychodynamic formulation of the adolescents personality functioning.
The variables presented in the first column of Tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4 and
grouped by domain of personality functioning are drawn mostly from the eight CS
variable clusters. These are variables that have a solid conceptual basis and have
proved reliable and valid in cross-cultural research and in clinical applications
(Exner, 2003; Exner & Weiner, 1995; Weiner, 2003; Weiner & Greene, 2008; Meyer
et al., 2007). Also included in the tables are two CS combinations of variables (FM + m
and Col-Shd Blend) and the CS-based indices used in this volume (RFS-P, RFS-S,
EII-2, and AdjDMD). RFS-P and RFS-S are derivations of the RealityFantasy Scale
Interpretation
105
Version 2.0 (RFS-2; Tibon-Czopp, Appel, & Zeligman, 2015) that have been validated as measures of psychotic thinking and dissociation proneness, respectively;
the Ego Impairment Index EII-2 (Viglione, Perry, & Meyer, 2003) is a theoretically
derived measure of maladaptive functioning that has been validated in a metaanalysis encompassing both adult and adolescent samples (Diener et al., 2011); and
the AdjDMD index (Weiner, 2003), is a measure of anxiety, which has been validated among adolescents (Stokes et al., 2013). The EII-2 and the AdjDMD can be
derived directly from the RIAP Structural Summary, and the RFS derivations can be
computed by transporting the data from the RIAP to the RFS Software Version 2.0
(Tibon & Suchowski, 2015).
The reference values presented in the second column of Tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and
6.4 correspond to the traditional cutoff scores for adults suggested by Exner (2003),
except for his recommending on the basis of his most recent reference data (Exner,
2007) that the cutoff score for white space should be increased from S > 2 to S > 3.
Tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4 accordingly show S > 3 as the white space reference
value. There are also eight variables for which traditional CS tables provide two
optional reference values. Based on the international composite reference data
reported by Meyer et al. (2007, Table 2), Tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4 applies the
least strict (i.e., most liberal) cutoff score, as defined by its being exceeded by a
lower percentage of nonpatient adults, in these eight variables as follows: X-% > 0.30;
D Score < 1; AdjD Score < 1; FC > (CF + C) + 2; (CF + C) > FC + 2; Pure C > 1;
Afr < 0.40; and Pure H = 0.
Research findings indicate that many of the traditional cutoff scores for adults
presented in Tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4 are applicable in contemporary assessment
of both adults and adolescents (see Chap. 5). In particular, this means that, for most
of the variables listed in Tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4, the traditional reference values
for distinguishing between healthy and psychopathological functioning can be
applied to Rorschach protocols of contemporary adolescents. With respect to three
variables, however, some adjustment of the reference value should be considered,
given that more than 50% of the nonpatient adults in the composed international
sample of Meyer et al. (2007) exceeded the traditional cutoff point. These three
values are Xu% > 0.20, T = 0, and AG = 0.
In addition, the interpretation of adolescents Rorschach CS data should be
guided by the percentages of nonpatient adolescents in the combined normative
samples from Italy, Israel, and Iran (see Chap. 5) who exceed the traditional normative range. These updated reference data provide a benchmark for what is typical or
atypical for contemporary adolescents and how youth differ from adults on certain
variables. Integration of these cross-cultural empirical findings with psychodynamic
developmental conceptualization is used for demonstrating which deviant values in
the case illustrations presented in this volume should be considered clinically meaningful, thus distinguishing between healthy and psychopathological functioning.
As has been noted (see Chap. 2), clinically useful classification of psychopathological manifestations must begin with an understanding of healthy mental processes
that involve a persons overall resources and capacities. Although no profile can
encompass the full range of mental functioning, Tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4 provide
a handy guide for assessing personality strengths and weaknesses and describing the
106
107
Interpersonal
Relatedness
R = 17
L = 0.42
EB = 5:2.5
EA = 7.5
EBPer = 2.0
FC:CF + C = 1:2
COP = 2 AG = 1
eb = 7:2
es = 9
D=0
Pure C = 0
GHR:PHR = 8:2
Adjes = 7
AdjD = 0
Const. = 1:2.5
a:p = 8:4
Afr = 0.42
Fd = 0
FM = 4
SumC = 1
SumT = 0
S = 4*
SumT = 0
m=3
SumV = 0
SumY = 1
Complex. = 4:17
Human Content = 10
CP = 0
Pure H = 7
PER = 0
Isolation Index = 0.35
Self-Perception
Cognitive Functioning
Thinking
(Ideation)
a:p = 8:4
Ma:Mp = 4:1
INTELL = 3
MOR = 0
Sum6 = 3
Perception
(Mediation)
XA% = .94
Attention
(Processing)
Zf = 16
Lv2 = 0
WDA% = .93
W:D:Dd = 12:3:2*
Fr + rF = 0
WSum6 = 9
X-% = .06
W:M =12:5
Sum V = 0
M- = 0
S- = 0
Zd = +3.5*
FD = 2
Mnone = 0
P=4
PSV = 0
An + Xy = 0
X + % = .41
DQ + = 10
MOR = 0
Xu% = .53
DQv = 0
CDI = 2
S-CON = N/A
HVI = No OBS = No
EII-2 = 1.10
AdjDMD = 0
PTI = 0
DEPI = 4
FM + m = 7*
Col-Shd = 1
RFS-P = 0.24
RFS-S = 1.73
Note: The format of the table is derived from the RIAP. The scores in bold are those of basic variables used for distinguishing between healthy and psychopathological personality functioning and
the five stylistic variables (R, EB, a:p, Ma:Mp, Complexity Index). Apart from cases in which either
or both sides of the EB or the number of Blends in the Complexity Index is zero, the stylistic variables should not be checked as psychopathological markers in themselves. Noted with asterisk (*)
are scores that exceed the normative range according to the two-step interpretive procedure
described in this chapter. These scores should be reconsidered in relation to the data of the composite international sample of nonpatient adolescents (see chap. 5). For interpretation of deviant scores,
see Table 6.16.4
108
Table 6.5.2 Normative Rorschach CS data in a protocol of a 12 year-old boy: Sequence of Scores
Card
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
Resp.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Wo
WSo
W+
Wo
DS+
Do
Dd+
Wo
Wo
W+
W+
W+
W+
D+
WSo
DdS+
W+
FMao
Fu
Mao
FMau
Ma.FDo
Fo
FYu
FMao
Ma.mpu
FMpu
Mao
FMa.mp.CF.FDo
CFu
Fu
mp.FC.FC'u
Fu
2
2
2
2
2
2
A
(H)
H
A
H, Cg
(H)
Bt
A
H
A, H
H, Cg, Hh
H,Ls
A, Ls
Bt
(H)
H, Cg, Art
A, Na
P
P
P
P
P
1.0
3.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.0
1.0
1.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
4.5
3.0
5.5
6.0
5.5
GHR
COP, GHR
AG, GHR
GHR
INC, PHR
FAB, PHR
GHR
COP, GHR
DR, AB
GHR
GHR
RFS-2
1
1
0
1
0
3
1
1
1
5
1
0
1
2
1
1
2
Note: The RFS-2 column refers to the score of each response on the Reality-Fantasy Scale version 2.0
problem for which he should be treated with such behavioral procedures as allowing
him more time to complete examinations or such medical procedures as prescribing
Ritalin. The second possibility is whether the attention difficulties might mask underlying psychopathology for which psychotherapy or psychotropic medication would
be indicated. The Rorschach was administered in the course of his evaluation, and
Table 6.5.1 presents in bold his scores on the 45 basic variables delineated in Tables
6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4 as distinguishing between healthy and psychopathological functioning and the additional five stylistic variables that provide the empirically based
platform for interpretation. Table 6.5.2 presents the Sequence of Scores.
As shown in Table 6.5.1, this 12-year-old boy gave a valid Rorschach protocol
with 17 responses. Overall, the personality profile shown by his Rorschach is that of
a mentally healthy adolescent who exhibits high-level, adaptive, and age-appropriate
cognitive capacities, reads and responds to emotional signals flexibly and accurately
even when under stress, has considerable capacity for consistent and empathic interpersonal relationships and for self-observation, uses internal representations to
experience a sense of self and others and to regulate his impulses and behavior, and
demonstrates a well-developed talent for differentiation and integration that enables
him to create bridges between reality and fantasy in a playful manner. Nevertheless,
if we apply the traditional CS reference values, with the exception of three reference
values (Xu% > 0.20; T = 0; and AG = 0), previously noted as characterizing 50% of
nonpatient adults (Meyer et al., 2007, Table 2), the protocol of this adolescent points
out deviant scores on the following variables: S, Zd, and FM + m. These findings,
noted with an asterisk (*) in Table 6.5.1, require further consideration. In order to
explore the meaning of these deviations, we suggest applying a two-step procedure
for interpretation. This procedure for analyzing deviations is illustrated with the
109
110
Conclusion
111
Conclusion
Effective practice of personality assessment requires careful attention to four considerations including what measures are selected for the assessment, how these
measures are used, and when and with whom they should be used. With respect to
the first of these considerations, the measures that are selected for a personality
assessment should be psychometrically sound, which consists of their being reliable, valid, and normatively referenced. Their reliability should be demonstrated by
retest data showing similar findings for variables that are presumed to measure stable personality characteristics. Their validity should be confirmed by statistically
significant and clinically meaningful associations with phenomena they are expected
to be associated with or to predict and their normative reference data should be sufficient to provide dependable benchmarks for recognizing deviations from what is
average or ordinary. With relevance to the focus of the present volume, research
reviewed in Chap. 5 documents that the Rorschach is a reliable and valid assessment
instrument with extensive age-based and cross-cultural normative reference data.
In common with other personality assessment measures, however, the psychometric soundness of the Rorschach depends on its proper use, beginning with how
examinations are conducted. To conduct personality assessments with psychological tests properly, examiners should follow established guidelines for their administration, coding, interpretation, and comparison with normative reference data.
Administration in particular should adhere as closely as possible to standardized
procedures. Only when tests are consistently administered according to standardized guidelines can sets of results be compared to each other or be combined for
research purposes. Strict compliance with published guidelines for the coding of
test responses similarly facilitates comparisons among test protocols and with normative data. Although precise coding may be more difficult to achieve with performance-based measures than with self-report inventories, the research reported in
Chap. 5 indicates that adequately informed Rorschach examiners can show substantial intercoder agreement.
With respect to interpretation, personality assessors should be familiar with the
suggested or demonstrated implications of certain test variables for certain personality characteristics. Unlike administration and coding, there is no fixed strategy for
approaching the interpretive process, and legitimate differences of opinion may
arise concerning which features of the test data should be emphasized what particular test scores or response contents may signify. However, while interpreting the
data, examiners should recognize that their inferences and conclusions are likely to
vary in certainty. Some of their impressions may be quite definite, some may consist
of alternative possibilities, and some may be more speculative than they are absolute. Each level of certainty can contribute to effective assessment practice, provided that examiners distinguish among them when they report their findings.
Most important in conducting proper personality assessments, obtained findings
should be compared with normative reference data. Such comparisons are necessary
for examiners to determine the extent to which an individuals personality characteristics resemble or differ from those of most other people. In clinical practice, how
112
References
Bleiberg, E. (2001). Treating personality disorders in children and adolescents: A relational
approach. New York, NY: Guilford.
Diener, M. J., Hilsenroth, M. J., Shaffer, S. A., & Sexton, J. E. (2011). A metaanalysis of the relationships between the Rorschach Ego Impairment Index (EII) and psychiatric severity. Clinical
Psychology and Psychotherapy, 18, 464485.
Exner, J. E. (2001). A Rorschach workbook for the comprehensive system. Asheville, NC:
Rorschach Workshops.
Exner, J. E. (2003). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Basic foundations and principles of
interpretation 4th ed., Vol. 1). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E. (2007). A new U.S. adult non-patient sample, Journal of Personality Assessment, 89,
S154S158.
References
113
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (2003). RIAP 5Rorschach Interpretation Assistance Program: Version 5
for Windows. Odessa, FL: PAR Psychological Assessment.
Hollenstein, T., & Lougheed, J. P. (2013). Beyond storm and stress: Typicality, transactions, timing, and temperament to account for adolescent change. American Psychologist, 68, 444454.
PDM Task Force. (2006). Psychodynamic Diagnostic Manual. Silver Spring, MD: Alliance of
Psychoanalytic Organizations.
Meyer, G. J., Erdberg, P., & Shaffer, T. W. (2007). Toward international normative reference data
for the Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89(S1), S201S216.
Scaria, A. D., Weiner, I. B., & Ritzler, B. A. (2014). Coding strategies for the Rorschach
Comprehensive System. Ashville, NC: Rorschach Training Programs.
Stokes, J. M., Pogge, D. L., & Zaccario, M. (2013). Response character styles in adolescents: A
replication of convergent validity between the MMPIA and the Rorschach. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 95(2), 159173.
Tibon, R., & Suchowski, R. (2015). The RFS-2 Software. www.rps-rfs.com.
Tibon, S., & Rothschild, L. (2009). Exploring the clinical implications of the international CS
reference data for children and adolescents. Journal of Personality Assessment, 91(5),
497499.
Viglione, D. J. (2002). Rorschach coding solutions: A reference guide for the Comprehensive
System. San Diego, CA: Author.
Viglione, D. J., Perry, W., & Meyer, G. J. (2003). Refinements in the Rorschach Ego Impairment
Index incorporating the Human Representational Variable. Journal of Personality Assessment,
81, 149156.
Weiner, I. B. (2003). Principles of Rorschach interpretation (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Weiner, I. B., & Greene, R. L. (2008). Handbook of personality assessment. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Part III
Applications of Rorschach
Assessment of Adolescents
Chapter 7
117
118
Nevertheless, apart from cases of psychotic and affective disorders, the Rorschach
should not be considered a diagnostic test, particularly not one that can delineate the
presence or type of a neurotic or personality disorder. Moreover, personality characteristics and their behavioral manifestations do not necessarily show a direct correspondence. In line with this conception, psychodynamic conceptualization is
necessary for accurate interpretation of Rorschach markers of psychopathology. In
particular, some seeming inconsistencies and puzzling contradictions in behavior
can be considered healthy or adaptive at certain developmental stages or in certain
circumstances but regarded as psychopathological or maladaptive in other developmental stages and contextual factors. Rather than being dismissed as noise, the differential impact of developmental stages and contextual factors far from obscuring
personality, contribute to the coherence of personality functioning by capturing a
persons distinctiveness and subjective experience.
As a further consideration in assessing psychopathology, mental health should be
viewed as comprising more than merely the absence of symptoms. Rather, mental
health involves both subjective experience and the overall quality of an individuals
personality functioning, including cognitive, affective, relational, and self-observing
capacities. Each of these capacities are located on a dimensional continuum from
least to most adaptive, and they interact with developmental and contextual factors
to produce healthy or psychopathological functioning. In searching for Rorschach
CS indices that delineate the adolescents capacities in the different realms of functioning (see Chap. 6), the key concern is not whether these indices are associated
with any categorical classification but how they correlate with observed behaviors.
The present chapter and the two following chapters provide a psychodynamically oriented perspective on symptom patterns along the lines of the Child and
Adolescent Symptom Patterns (SCA) axis of the Psychodynamic Diagnostic
Manual (PDM Task Force, 2006). The SCA axis describes the symptom patterns
most commonly observed in children and adolescents with psychological difficulties. Some of these symptom patterns are described only in the adult sections of the
DSM, but they need to be considered as well with respect to how they are expressed
in young people and how they influence their level of adaptive functioning and subjective experience. The discussion addresses special considerations in the diagnostic assessment of adolescents, particularly concerning psychotic and affective
disorders, by exploring age-based normative reference data, elaborating CS markers
of psychopathology, and showing how Rorschach data, when used properly in relation to updated age-based norms, can point to the presence, nature, and severity of
these disorders. Two case illustrations are presented.
With respect to age-based normative data, Meyer et al. (2007) noted wide variability across nonpatient samples of children and adolescents, included in the CS
international project. This variability was in contrast to the normative data for
adults, which showed considerable similarity across samples from many different
cultures and countries. Moreover, given that some CS variables are highly correlated with the total number of responses in the protocol (R), and more so in children
and adolescents than in adults, R should be taken into account in using normative
data for evaluating an adolescents protocol. This is particularly the case with
119
respect to the cognitive special scores that are known to occur more frequently in
young people than in adults (Exner & Weiner, 1995; Leichtman, 1996). Viglione
and Meyer (2008) have suggested in a similar vein that greater variability in CS data
calls for applying wider confidence intervals, that is, broader ranges for expected
scores in a healthy protocol.
The following case illustrations describe two diagnosable disorders seen in adolescents, sometimes with a neuropsychological disorder (e.g., ADHD). The first
refers to thinking and perceptual disorder in an 18-year-old girl (Case Illustration
7.1) and the second to major affective disorder in a 17-year-old boy (Case Illustration
7.2). Our approach for interpreting the data in the case illustrations starts with pointing out the deviant scores, followed by discussing the implications of these deviant
scores for certain types of disorder, for certain personality characteristics, and for
treatment planning, while considering the specific symptom patterns from an experiential perspective. The reader should keep in mind what has been already noted,
namely, (a) that the Rorschach is not a diagnostic test and (b) that the Rorschach can
provide test patterns that help to delineate psychotic and affective disorders but is
infrequently useful for differentiating among the broad range of neurotic or personality disorders.
120
and the capacity for differentiation and integration between self and object representations and between reality and fantasy (PDM Task Force, 2006).
The utility of certain Rorschach CS-based indices for distinguishing between
psychotic and nonpsychotic personality functioning in adolescents has been empirically demonstrated in cross-cultural research studies. Six of the variables presented
in Tables 6.16.4 have proved particularly effective with respect to this diagnostic
distinction: PTI, RFS-P, RFS-S, EII-2, WSum6, and Lv2. Normal range scores on
these variables make the presence of psychotic disorder unlikely, whereas prominent deviant scores provide strong support for a diagnosis of schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders.
121
Table 7.1.1 Thinking and perceptual disorder in an 18-year-old girl: Structural Summary
Affect
Interpersonal
EBPer =4.0
FC:CF + C = 1:1
COP = 1 AG = 1
es = 15
D = 2*
Pure C = 0
GHR:PHR = 5:9
Adjes = 12
AdjD = 1
Const. = 4:1.5*
a:p = 7:8
Afr = 0.36*
Fd = 0
R = 30
L = 1.14*
EB = 6:1.5
EA = 7.5
eb = 9:6
FM = 5
SumC = 4
SumT = 0
S = 7*
SumT = 0
m=4
SumV = 1*
SumY = 1
Complex. = 6:30
Human Content = 12
CP = 0
Pure H = 3
PER = 0
Thinking
(Ideation)
Cognitive Functioning
Perception
Attention
(Mediation) (Processing)
a:p = 7:8
Sum6 = 12
XA% = .70
Zf = 16
Ma:Mp = 2:4
Lv2 = 5*
WDA% = .86
W:D:Dd = 8:13:9*
Fr + rF = 0
Intell = 8*
W:M =8:6
Sum V = 1
MOR = 3*
M- = 3*
S- = 3
Zd = +2.5
FD = 2
Mnone = 0
P=7
PSV = 0
An + Xy = 2
X+% =.33
DQ+ =12
MOR = 3*
Xu% = .37
DQv = 0
CDI = 3
S-CON = 6
PTI = 4*
DEPI = 7*
FM + m = 9*
Col-Shd = 1
122
Table 7.1.2 Thinking and perceptual disorder in an 18-year-old girl: Sequence of Scores
Card Resp.
I
1
W+
2
DS+
3
Ddo
4
WSo
II
5
W+
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
DdSo
DSo
Do
WS+
Wo
Wo
DdS+
Do
Do
D+
W+
Do
Ddo
Ddo
D+
Do
Do
D+
Ddo
Ddo
Ddo
D+
DdSo
D+
W+
Ma.mpu
(2)
Mp.FCo
(2)
Fu
(2)
Fo
FMa.mp.CF.
(2)
CF.VFu
F(2)
Fo
Fo
Mp.CF.FMa- (2)
FDo
Fo
Mp.FC.FD(2)
Fu
Fo
FMpu
(2)
Mpu
Fu
FFu
(2)
Mp.FYo
(2)
Fu
(2)
FFMao
(2)
FMa(2)
Fma(2)
Fo
FCu
FMau
(2)
(H), Id
H, Cg
Ad
(Ad)
A, Bl
A
Sc
Sc
H, A, Sc, Cg
(H)
A
H
Bt
A
A
Ay, Cl
A
Ad
Hd
Hd, Cg, Art
(Ad)
Sx, Hd
A, Id
(H)
A
An
Ay, Hd, An
(Hd), Art
(H),Cg
A
6.0
4.0
P
P
P
3.5
4.5
5.5
2.0
1.0
4.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
2.5
5.0
2.5
5.5
RFS-2
AG, MOR, PHR 1
DV1, GHR
1
+2
+2
FAB1, INC1,
5
MOR
DV2
3
+3
+3
FAB2, AB, PHR 5
GHR
+2
INC2
5
AB, DR1, PHR 5
+2
+3
COP, GHR
1
1
+2
3
PHR
+2
MOR, INC
1
PHR
1
PHR
3
+1
PHR
3
INC1, PHR
5
DR1
3
FAB2, PHR
5
GHR
+2
GHR
1
DR2
5
Note: The RFS-2 column in the sequence of scores refers to the score of each response on the
RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0
PTI The Perceptual Thinking Index (PTI) is a constellation index composed of five
conditions involving the critical special scores and form quality variables. An elevated PTI (PTI > 3) is likely to indicate a psychotic disorder although neither this
nor any other diagnosis should be inferred solely on the basis of Rorschach findings.
On the other hand, various circumstances can produce a false negative PTI, and
clinicians should not rule out a psychotic disorder on the basis of PTI < 4 (Dao &
Prevatt, 2006; Smith, Baity, Knowles, & Hilsenroth, 2001).
Proceeding with the interpretation of the PTI of 4 in this adolescents protocol
requires examining the specific conditions of the index that are met in this case. This
examination shows that all of the PTI markers of disordered thinking (Lv2 > 2 and
FAB2 > 0; R > 16 and WSUM6 > 17; M- > 1) are in evidence, which supports a
123
124
accurately when she is attending to reality, as shown by her previously noted normative scores on the perceptual variables (CS Mediation cluster), she has considerable difficulty separating reality and fantasy and preventing her fantasy experiences
from intruding on her attention to reality.
Specifically, the lowered RFS-P, which falls in the negative range of the RFS-2
and her elevated RFS-S delineate this adolescents substantial difficulties in relating
to the outer world. The deviant RFS-P and RFS-S scores might reflect a schizophrenia spectrum and a dissociative disorder, respectively. Although neither the lowered
RFS-P nor the elevated RFS-S should be considered a diagnostic criterion for a
specific condition, their combined presence in the protocol of an adolescent calls for
further consideration with respect to differential diagnosis and possible comorbidity of schizophrenia and a dissociative disorder.
EII-2 The Ego Impairment Index (EII-2; Viglione, Perry, & Meyer, 2003) has
emerged as a dependable measure of psychological impairment and thinking disorder. The current version of the index comprises five components of Rorschach variables that are entered with different weights into an equation. In line with the
theoretical perspective from which the index was derived, ego psychology, these
variables are assumed to indicate deficits in ego functions that lead to impaired
adaptation to external reality. In the present case, this girls deviant score on the
index (EII-2 = + 3.06) demonstrates significant impairment of her adaptive
capacities.
Although a deviant score on the index (EII-2 > 0) indicates maladaptation to
external reality, there are adolescents who demonstrate apparently adaptive functioning (EII-2 < 0) but yet show psychopathological symptom patterns (e.g., somatization), in which the underlying disorder might be masked and go unnoticed when
measured solely by the EII-2. In these cases the RFS-P and the RFS-S can be particularly useful in delineating psychopathology of subjectivity.
WSum6 The weighted sum of the six critical special scores (DV, DR, INC, FAB,
ALOG, CONTAM) reflects the extent to which a persons thinking is illogical and
incoherent. The DV and DR are coded for dissociative ideas that emerge out of
sequence and produce strange, rambling, tangential, and sometimes incomprehensible verbalizations, and INC, FAB, ALOG, and CONTAM are coded for arbitrary
reasoning in which various objects, ideas, and impressions are integrated, combined, or assumed to be interrelated, resulting in disturbed or bizarre thinking. The
lower the WSum6, the less likely people are to form incoherent and illogical concepts and ideas, except in the case of an extremely guarded protocol with elevated
Lambda (L > 0.99), which may produce a lowered WSum6 because underlying
thinking disturbances are obscured.
The WSum6 of 43 shown in the present protocol exceeds the traditional normative range (see Table 6.1). Following the suggested interpretive guidelines that are
applied in Chap. 6, this elevated score should first be compared to its normative
range in the international nonpatient adult sample (Meyer et al., 2007, Table 1). The
WSum6 in this adolescents protocol is far beyond the contemporary cutoff score as
established by M + 1SD (7.63 + 7.75 > 15 when rounded off), which is even lower
than the traditional cutoff value of WSum6 > 17. As the second step of interpretation,
125
her WSum6 should be compared to the reference value based on the combined international sample of nonpatient adolescents used in this volume. If her raw score
(WSum6 = 43) is converted to a T Score using the M and SD presented in Meyer
et al., Table 1, the corresponding value is 100 when rounded off.
This value should be compared to the mean T Score of WSum6 in contemporary
nonpatient adolescents aged 1518, which is 48 (see Table 5.2). The extremely elevated WSum6 T Score of 100 therefore indicates that this adolescent is showing
much more cognitive disorganization than would normatively be expected and that
her cognitive functioning is impaired and dominated by severe thinking disorders.
Of further note is the variety of the WSum6 components in the present case (DV1 = 1;
DV2 = 1; DR1 = 2; DR2 = 1; INC1 = 3; INC2 = 1; FAB1 = 1; FAB2 = 2). This range of
critical special scores would appear to suggest a schizophrenia spectrum disorder
with marked thinking disturbances involving both dissociative ideas (DV and DR)
and arbitrary conceptions (INC and FAB).
Lv2 Responses coded with severe level special scores (Lv2) typically reflect disordered thought processes. A Rorschach protocol with Lv2 > 0 is much more likely to
characterize psychotic than non-psychotic disorders, and the presence of more than
two such severe special scores is considered to appear quite unfrequently in other
than individuals with schizophrenia (Weiner, 1997). From a psychoanalytic perspective, such bizarre responses involve imposing primary thought processes onto
the inkblot stimulus.
The Rorschach protocol of this highly intelligent adolescent shows five responses
coded with Lv2 special scores. The nature and frequency of these bizarre responses
indicates that she tends to indulge in language that would be inappropriate in any
context (DV2), to make remarks that would be inappropriate within specific contexts (DR2), and to draw arbitrary and illogical inferences about relationships
between objects and events (INC2, FAB2). The severity and heterogeneity of the
thought disorders reflected in these responses further strengthen the hypothesized
presence of a schizophrenia spectrum disorder.
In addition to analyzing the specific features of Lv2 responses, examiners should
consider as well the sequence in which they occur. This sequence analysis can yield
important information about the context in which a persons Lv2 responses appear
(e.g., on a colored blot, following undistorted preceding responses) and about
whether the problem of disordered thinking is resolved in the responses that follow.
As shown in this adolescents sequence of scores (see Table 7.1.2), her Lv2 responses
are distributed throughout the protocol with no consistent pattern related to the characteristics of the outer stimulus (the blot). This distribution suggests that she is at risk
for showing impaired thought processes regardless of the situation she is in, which is
a characteristic usually associated with a schizophrenia spectrum disorder.
Nevertheless, it is noteworthy that her first Lv2 response occurs as the second
response to Card II, following four relatively adaptive, although not particularly
conventional, responses to Card I and an extremely complex and morbid initial
response to Card II. This fifth response has W+ for location and DQ, five determinants in a blend, which includes an infrequently found and dysphoric combination
of color-shading and shading-shading determinants in the same response, a content
126
representing primitive and usually unpleasant thoughts (Bl), and three special
scores. The implications of blood content for concerns about being damaged or
harmed raise the possibility of her having experienced a traumatic event. With
regard to differential diagnosis, these complex findings call for consideration of
comorbidity of a schizophrenia spectrum disorder with major affective and dissociative symptoms as in schizoaffective disorder or in PTSD.
M- The sum of human movement (M) responses with distorted form (FQ-) is
another indicator of impaired thought processes. Its implications are particularly
important for evaluating thought processes related to people activity, as measured
by perceptual accuracy and realistic interpretation when human figures are seen
in the blot. Adolescents, as well as adults, who give M- responses, are showing
interest in people but a propensity for inaccurate and unrealistic interpretation of
interpersonal situations, which typically contributes to poor social judgment and
awkward or strained relationships. The frequency of M- responses in the present
case (M- = 3) exceeds the cutoff score of M- >1. However, to evaluate the severity of
thinking disturbance, each M- response should be considered with respect to its
content and other coding features (e.g., special scores) and in relation to its place in
the sequence of scores.
For example, the M- in the ninth response, which is the only response to Card III,
can be considered to represent personality functioning within the context of interpersonal relationships: I remember this one. Two people. The butterfly between
them. Leaning on an Ouija board. Got like animal coming out of their chests.
Genitals here. Animals coming out, like a spirituality thing. Heads, legs, skirts. This
WS+ response changes an apparently developed pattern of four-sequence responses
to the first two cards, with two M responses, coded with unusual and ordinary FQ,
on Card I. The response begins with a comment (I remember this one) by which this
adolescent is apparently aiming to sooth herself by referring to an already familiar
outer stimulus, followed by the common (P) percept of two people. She specifies
that the two people are involved in a spiritual, passive, and noncooperative activity
(leaning on an Ouija board). This percept of isolated, distanced, and noncooperative human activity is followed by the accurate percept of a butterfly that is between
them, which emphasizes even more the experience of distance in interpersonal
relationships.
However, these two seemingly adaptive percepts of human figures and a butterfly gradually change into impaired thought processes (Got like animal is coming out
of their chests), as coded with FAB2. The impaired thinking manifestation is followed by some explicit sexual content (Genitals here) and a kind of perseverative
return to a threatening percept (Animals coming out) against which she defends with
intellectualization, by becoming overly abstract and locating the percept in fantasy
(like a spirituality thing). However, this defensive operation does not appear particularly effective, and she abruptly changes her attention back to reality (Heads,
legs, skirts), with accurately perceived details, but seemingly without her previously
shown capacity to integrate these details into a whole human figure. This Mresponse, which starts with an appropriate acknowledgement of the human interpersonal context, is spoiled by some perceived threat that activates defensive operations
127
(intellectualization, distancing) aimed at reducing the perceived threat in the stimulus but resulting in a response notable for its fragmentally perceived reality.
FM + m The sum of animal movement (FM) and inanimate movement (m)
responses represents intrusive ideas that resist conscious control. FM is typically
associated with disturbing awareness of unsatisfied needs, and m indicates concerns
about being helpless when confronting threatening events. The occurrence of m in
this adolescents first response to Card I provides substantial information about her
psychological state when faced with the ambiguous nature of the Rorschach task.
How does she cope with this anxiety-provoking threat? How are the other codes
assigned to this response explaining her coping style when exposed to an external or
internal threat? The coding of the first response (W+ Ma.mpu (2) (H), Id 6.0 AG,
MOR, PHR) and the three subsequent responses to Card I provide some clues to
answering these queries. When confronting the outer stimulus, she tends to respond
initially by using ideational rather than affective coping strategies and by escaping
into fantasy while preserving reasonably adequate although somewhat idiosyncratic
contact with reality. With respect to her ideation, however, the human representation
in her fantasy is a fictional and not a real human figure, and the contents are aggressive (AG) and loaded with pessimistic ideation (MOR).
The elevated score of FM + m = 9 shown in the protocol typically indicates, however, maladaptively excessive thinking involving lowered capacity to prevent conscious awareness of disturbing thoughts and concerns. This adolescent is in all
likelihood preoccupied with intrusive and anxiety-provoking thoughts that make it
difficult for her to concentrate and against which she employs a variety of defense
strategies that are ineffective in preventing impaired cognitive functioning.
Intellectualization Index (INTELL) The variables that compose the
Intellectualization Index (INTELL), which is computed as the sum of 2AB + Art + Ay,
represent an inclination to maintain some distance between oneself and the
Rorschach stimuli. Although intellectualization is usually considered a relatively
mature and high-order defensive strategy (McWilliams, 1994), excessive reliance
on it can sometimes reflect a lower level of personality organization in which
pseudo-intellectualized responses, and overly abstract thinking (AB) in particular,
dominate a persons copying style.
The extremely elevated score on this index (INTELL = 8) in the present protocol,
including two AB responses, is a further indication of this girls impaired cognitive
functioning. Using intellectualization as a major defensive strategy creates distance
from troubling experiences and reduces the felt anxiety they might otherwise promote. This defense might prevent her from being overwhelmed by emotions and thus
provide a safeguard against distress. However, relying excessively on intellectualization, as indicated by INTELL > 5, represents an immoderate use of ideation that is
likely to have maladaptive consequences (Weiner, 2003). Her deviant score on the
index shows that she is vulnerable to becoming markedly upset when faced with
affective stimuli that exceed her capacity to use her intellectualizing defense effectively. As a further indication in this regard, her maximum score of 7 on the
Depression Index (DEPI) is usually associated with a diagnosable affective disorder.
128
The elevated INTELL and DEPI indicate the presence of underlying distressing
affect, against which she has activated vigorous but ineffective defenses including
denial and dissociation. These findings lend further weight to the hypothesized
comorbidity of schizophrenia spectrum disorder with major affective and dissociative symptoms.
W:D:Dd This ratio between responses given to the whole blot (W), frequently
selected areas (D), and rarely selected areas of the blot (Dd) provides location
choice information about selective focusing of attention. Impaired ability to focus
on essential elements of the external stimulus, either because of overinclusion (W)
or because of excessive attention to peripheral or infrequently noted details (Dd),
might indicate thinking disturbances.
The extremely elevated number of Dd responses in the present protocol indicates
that this highly intelligent and distressed adolescent cannot attend adequately and
keep her attention focused on the obvious and important aspects of situations.
Although highly intelligent obsessive individuals may also give numerous Dd
responses, they would also be likely to display an organized and systematic approach
to the Rorschach task that is intended to take all of the blot areas into consideration
without being distracted by any of them. However, this girl seems to be easily distracted by irrelevant external and internal clues, often consisting of deviant thoughts
and associations that prevent her from maintaining an adaptive focus of attention
and further impair her functioning.
129
130
appetite or weight, sleep, and psychomotor activity, along with somatic complaints
that sometimes mask depression, frequently appear jointly with the depressive or
manic mood states.
From a psychodynamic perspective, depression is the core factor in affective
disorders, and the symptom patterns in mania are aimed at warding off depression.
Of further note, developmental changes may produce variations in the manifestations of affective disorders. For example, adolescents diagnosed with phobic or
avoidant disorders frequently meet diagnostic criteria for depressive disorder.
Similarly, adolescents with conduct disorders often show symptom patterns of bipolar disorder. In both cases, the depressed adolescent is at risk for suicidality, substance abuse, early sexual involvement, and eating behavior problems (PDM Task
Force, 2006).
The intense emotions that characterize adolescents with a diagnosable affective
disorder, whether unipolar or bipolar, typically exceed their capacity to regulate.
When depressed, adolescents may experience helplessness, vulnerability, fragility,
and severe self-criticism. They are easily provoked by emotional stimuli and utilize
a variety of defenses to avoid being overwhelmed. Depression also has substantial
negative effects on interpersonal relationships. Adolescents with affective disorders
have strong needs for being supported and helped to manage their distressing mood,
while at the same time their needs for separation and individuation may strain their
family relationships and minimize the support and help they receive. Overall,
untreated depression in adolescence can severely impair social and emotional development and may lead to a poor adult adjustment.
Distinguishing between psychopathological and normal depressive states in adolescents can be a challenging task. Unlike schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders, depression is a familiar psychological state, particularly in adolescents. It is
when normal episodes of depression, arising as a reaction to developmental crises
or as a response to external threatening events, become prolonged or substantially
impair the adolescents personality functioning that they constitute a diagnosable
depression.
Nevertheless, assessing the presence of a major affective disorder, differential
diagnosis requires first evaluating whether the disorder is unipolar or bipolar. In this
regard, Rorschach deviations on other than affective variables, particularly those
referring to impaired cognitive or interpersonal functioning, may serve as indicators.
For example, Rorschach markers of impaired attention (e.g., elevated Dd and DQv)
or grandiosity (e.g., PER) can be useful in the differential diagnosis of mania. Some
markers of manic defenses may appear in the protocol even when the adolescent
being tested is in a depressive state, which can be helpful in differentiating between
unipolar or bipolar disorder.
When symptom patterns raise a question of affective disorder, differential diagnosis also requires consideration of possible schizophrenia (see Case Illustration
7.1) or antisocial personality disorder, both of which have some symptoms in common with affective disorders. Additionally, of primary importance in the personality
assessment of adolescents is the risk of self-destructive behaviors, as can be demonstrated by the S-CON for those who are 15 or older. These issues of differential
131
diagnosis and risk factors are explored in the present case illustration. As in the case
of schizophrenia, the following discussion assumes familiarity of Rorschach users
with the manifestations and origins of the condition. Accordingly, the inferential
process focuses on the informed utilization of the test data.
132
Interpersonal
R = 24
L = 1.18*
EB = 0:4.0*
EA = 4.0*
EBPer =4.0
FC:CF + C = 2:3
COP = 0* AG = 0
eb = 0:9*
es = 9
D = 1
Pure C = 0
GHR:PHR =2:3
Adjes = 5
AdjD = 0
Const. = 3:4.0
a:p = 0:0
Afr = 0.33*
Fd =1*
FM = 0
SumC = 3
SumT = 1
S = 6*
SumT = 1
m=0
SumV = 0
SumY = 5
Complex. = 3:24
Human Content = 5
CP = 0
Pure H = 0*
PER = 4*
Thinking
(Ideation)
Cognitive Functioning
Perception
Attention
(Mediation) (Processing)
a:p = 0:0
Sum6 = 1
XA% = .63*
Ma:Mp = 0:0
Lv2 = 0
Fr + rF = 0
Intell = 2
WSum6 = 3
X-% = .33*
W:M = 10:0
Sum V = 0
MOR = 5*
M- = 0
S- = 3
Zd = +1.5
FD = 0*
Mnone = 0
PTI = 2
DEPI = 6*
FM + m = 0
Col-Shd = 2*
Zf = 8.0
P = 2*
PSV = 0
An + Xy = 4
X+% = .38
DQ+ = 3
MOR = 5*
Xu% = .25
DQv = 6*
CDI = 5*
S-CON = 9*
HVI = No OBS = No
with DEPI of 6 or 7 would meet a diagnosis of depression, but also on its specificity,
which means that relatively few nonpatient adolescents would show these values on
the index. In this regard, data presented in Table 5.3 show that 29% of the nonpatient
adolescents in the combined international sample used in this volume scored 5 on the
133
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
Resp.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Wo
WS+
WSo
Do
DS+
Dv
DdS+
Do
Ddo
Do
Wv
DdSo
Wo
Ddo
Wv
Wo
DSv
Wv
Wo
Ddo
Do
Ddo
Wv
Do
Fo
Fo
Fo
Fu
CFo
CFo
FC.FCFu
Fu
FYo
Y
FFCo
FYF.TFYFFFu
CFFu
Fu
FCF.YFo
FCo
An
A
(Hd)
Sc
Na, Hh
(Hd), Bl
(Hd), Cg
(Hd)
Ad
An
Sc
(Ad)
A
Hd
Ay
Xy
Id
Fd
A
Cg
A
An
Art
Bt
1.0
4.0
3.5
PER
MOR
GHR
4.5
5.5
1.0
2.5
PHR
MOR, PER
PER
MOR
MOR
4.5
PER
RFS-2
+3
+4
+2
+2
+2
+1
3
1
+2
+2
2
3
+3
3
3
3
3
+2
3
+2
+2
3
+2
+2
Note: The RFS-2 column in the sequence of scores refers to the score of each response on the
Reality-Fantasy Scale Version 2.0
DEPI, whereas 12% and 2% scored 6 and 7, respectively. Although the frequency of
DEPI = 5 is higher in nonpatient adolescents as compared to adults (19%) in the
international project of Meyer et al. (2007), the age-based differences disappear with
respect to DEPI of 6 or 7 (10% and 2%, respectively, in Meyer et al.s sample). The
lower frequency of nonpatients with DEPI = 6 supports the inference of probable
affective disorder when DEPI > 5, as in the present case.
S-CON The S-CON is a constellation index composed of 12 criteria relating to all
four realms of personality functioning (cognitive, affective, interpersonal relatedness, and self-perception). When S-CON is 8 or higher, risk of self-destructive or
suicidal tendencies is inferred. Two of the S-CON conditions (FV + VF + V + FD > 2
and Color-Shading Blend > 0) are particularly likely to be associated with suicidality, and their endorsement lowers to 7, the cutoff score that should be of concern.
The positive S-CON of 9 in this adolescents protocol should be considered a risk
factor for self-destructive and suicidal behaviors. Research findings and clinical
experience have shown that suicidal behavior in adolescents typically involves longstanding distress, dissolving social relationships, and other maladaptive behavioral
manifestations. It is particularly important to assess dispositions for self-destructive
134
acts when the presence of affective disorder is evident. The positive DEPI as well as
other markers of impaired affective functioning in this adolescents protocol further
strengthen the hypothesis of suicidality shown by the S-CON.
AdjDMD The AdjDMD is a CS-based index computed by subtracting the D Score
from the AdjD Score (Weiner, 2003). The index has been validated in a sample of
patient children and adolescents as a measure of experienced anxiety (Stokes et al.,
2013). When the value of AdjDMD is 1 or more, the person being tested is quite
likely to be experiencing persistent affective or cognitive symptoms of anxiety.
The deviant score of 1 shown on AdjDMD in the present case suggests that the
experienced anxiety of this adolescent, which is beyond his capacity to regulate, is
not a result of a current crisis but rather should be viewed as a marker of an enduring
affective disorder. The overall impaired ego functioning, as shown in his elevated
Ego Impairment Index (EII-2 = +0.59), indicates that, in addition to his constantly
heightened subjective distress, he may be prone to maladaptive behaviors.
eb This ratio between the number of nonhuman movement responses (FM + m)
and the number of achromatic color and shading responses (SumShd) provides an
indication of experienced emotional stress. The eb enables clinicians to predict if
stress symptoms are more likely to be reflected in the cognitive or the affective
domain of functioning. As noted in Table 6.2, a Rorschach protocol in which
SumShd exceeds FM + m indicates a likelihood of dysphoric, unpleasant, and maladaptive affect. Nevertheless, in respondents who show an introversive style and
tend excessively to use intellectual defenses that blunt stressful emotional impact,
this affective experience may not be consciously recognized or directly expressed,
and relatively elevated SumShd can in particular impede pleasurable modulation
of affect.
In the present case illustration, this adolescent is not stylistically oriented to use
ideation for coping with reality (M = 0), which increases the likelihood that the substantial shading deviation shown in his protocol (SumShd = 9) is indicative of maladaptive affective functioning. The presence of five diffuse shading (Y) and three
achromatic color (C) responses as the major components of his SumShd speaks to
feelings of paralysis and hopelessness and strengthens the inference of a substantially impaired affective experience.
Col-Shd Blend Rorschach protocols with Col-Shd Blend > 0 indicate at all ages limited capacity to experience and enjoy positive feelings, and even one such response
suggests dysphoric tendencies. Respondents whose protocol includes one or more
Col-Shd Blends frequently have difficulties sorting out their feelings and for the most
part are likely to be upset. For respondents who show extratensive style, a more conservative cutoff score (Col-Shd Blend >1) should be used to support this inference.
The two Col-Shd Blend responses in this adolescents protocol exceed even the
conservative reference value used for respondents with an extratensive personality
style. As noted, this deviation indicates limited capacity to experience and enjoy positive feelings. In addition, he has a Shading-Shading Blend, which is an infrequent
finding at any age and further supports the inferred painful and dysphoric feelings that
135
are beyond his capacity to manage. Question might be raised whether any particular
type of stimulus provokes these feelings. This question can be explored with a
sequence analysis of his blend responses, each of which includes a shading code.
For example, the first blend (FC. FC') appears when he confronts Card III, which
is often considered to represent ones functioning within an interpersonal context
(Resp. 7): Tuxedo a man in a tuxedo. The location code of this response (DdS)
indicates that he detaches himself, consciously or unconsciously, from the major
feature of the blot, probably as a defensive operation to avoid being involved in the
outer context of human interaction. Nevertheless, this defensive operation has
impaired his perception of reality (FQ-). Although he managed to improve his perceptual accuracy in the two following Card III responses, neither of them includes
the popular (P) percept of human figures.
White Space (S) When referring to the white space instead of the blot itself, individuals are doing just the opposite of what has been asked of them in the Rorschach
instructions. Showing some autonomy by referring to the white space may indicate
adaptive capacity for individuation, which is frequently observed in adolescents.
However, an elevated number of S responses (S > 3) often indicates negative attitudes and irritability sometimes associated with oppositional behavior that goes
beyond adaptive autonomy. In some cases, elevated S responses, particularly when
referring to the central part of Cards II, III, VII, and IX, might indicate a defensive
flight from emptiness, a denial of deficiency, or separation anxiety, either of which
could be provoked by the gulf between the figures represented in the blot.
The relatively high frequency with which this adolescent uses the white space
(S = 6) rather than the blot itself is likely to reflect generalized maladaptive oppositional tendencies that are associated with underlying feelings of anger or resentment. Such oppositional tendencies and underlying feelings could have a negative
impact on his interpersonal functioning. Nevertheless, the occurrence of S in Cards
II, III, and VII also raises the hypothesis that this adolescent is extremely invested
in denying deficiency and coping with separation anxiety.
Afr The Affective Ratio (Afr) is an index that compares the number of responses
given by the person being tested to Cards IVII with the number given to Cards
VIIIX. This index speaks to a persons inclination to become involved in or to
avoid affective interchange. An Afr below .40, with the exception of protocols with
a well-synthesized whole (W) response as the only response to Card X, indicates
aversion to affective involvement or interchange and is often an indicator of social
or emotional withdrawal.
The protocol of this boy shows a low Afr of .33 and does not include a particularly well-integrated sole response to Card X. Because close interpersonal relationships usually involve exchanging feelings and ideas, this adolescent is at risk for
being socially as well as emotionally withdrawn. He is likely to feel inconvenience
with affective displays, especially if he is expected to respond accordingly. Such
aversion to emotionality might limit his social attractiveness, because his peers are
likely to perceive him correctly as being distant and reserved.
136
137
138
Conclusion
The Rorschach is a personality assessment instrument that facilitates differential
diagnosis by delineating personality characteristics that are associated with particular types of psychological disorder. This diagnostic application of Rorschach assessment consists of drawing inferences from diverse personality characteristics about a
persons likelihood of having a particular disorder or being susceptible to it; about
the maladaptive impact of any present symptoms of the disorder on the persons
ability to function; and about the persons subjective experience of having become
symptomatic and unable to function as usual.
Rorschach findings are especially useful in helping to assess disorders that are
marked by distinctive cognitive or affective personality characteristics as described
in this chapter. With respect to cognitive characteristics, disordered thinking and
impaired reality testing are distinctive hallmarks of schizophrenia spectrum disorders and are demonstrated by such Rorschach CS and CS-based indices as an elevated PTI and its key components of elevated WSum6, Lv2, and X-%, the two
derivations of the RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0 (RFS-2), and the EII-2. With
respect to affective characteristics, dysphoric mood and disparaging views of oneself and the world are distinctive hallmarks of affective disorders and are shown on
the Rorschach by an elevated DEPI and such key component as numerous C and
MOR responses. Nevertheless, the presence of either cognitive or affective disorder
would probably have a negative impact on the adolescents interpersonal relationships, self-perception, attention capacities, and perception of reality.
References
American Psychiatric Association (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental
Disorders, Fifth Edition, (DSM-5), Arlington, VA: Author.
Dao, T. K., & Prevatt, F. (2006). A psychometric evaluation of the Rorschach Comprehensive
Systems Perceptual Thinking Index. Journal of Personality Assessment, 86, 180189.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (2003). RIAP 5Rorschach Interpretation Assistance Program:
Version 5 for Windows. Odessa, FL: PAR Psychological Assessment.
Leichtman, M. B. (1996). The Rorschach: A developmental perspective. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic
Press.
McWilliams, N. (1994). Psychoanalytic diagnosis: Understanding personality structure in the
clinical process. New York: Guilford Press.
Meyer, G. J., Erdberg, P., & Shaffer, T. W. (2007). Toward international normative reference data
for the Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89(S1), S201S216.
Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1998). Reconciling processing dynamics and personality disorders.
Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 229258.
Ogden, T. H. (1986). The matrix of the mind. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.
PDM Task Force. (2006). Psychodynamic diagnostic manual. Silver Spring, MD: Alliance of
Psychoanalytic Organizations.
References
139
Chapter 8
As has been noted in Chap. 7, Rorschach findings can be useful for demonstrating
the presence of psychotic and affective disorders in the two categories of thinking
and perceptual disturbances and major affective disturbances, but it cannot delineate
or rule out the presence of any other disorder. What Rorschach findings can do in
other than psychotic and affective disorders is to delineate peoples susceptibility to
a particular disorder and the maladaptive impact of the disorder on their psychological functioning. In this regard, personality characteristics shown in the Rorschach
protocol of adolescents with adjustment symptom patterns may presage development of a personality disorder in adulthood, and clinical attention to these characteristics would be consistent with the central focus of this volume on promoting
positive adolescent development.
Being addressed at classifying symptom patterns according to the PDM, the discussion in this and the following chapter reflects a dimensional approach to developmental psychopathology in adolescents (Widiger & Edmundson, 2011). Assuming
that each personality system is characterized by a distinctive organization, it is the
development of this organization that becomes the focus of the inquiry. The effects
on observable behavior of personality system changes due to developmental and/or
contextual factors are assumed to be mediated by the unique structural and dynamic
facets of the adolescent being assessed. Interventions that are designed only to
change contextual factors or observable symptoms, without addressing these mediating facets, run the risk of making maladaptive personality structural and dynamic
factors still capable of becoming activated. The activation of these factors can result
from self-generated internal experience (e.g., ruminations) or encounters with contextual factors (e.g., exposure to trauma) similar to those that originally induced the
problematic behaviors. Such renewed contextual factors are particularly likely to
produce symptom patterns and maladaptive behavioral manifestations in young
people who are highly vulnerable to stress-inducing events. In these cases, the adolescent is still likely to be experiencing subjective distress that may continue to
influence the nature and severity of psychopathological manifestations.
141
142
143
144
Interpersonal
R = 23
L = 2.83*
EB = 1:1.5
EA = 2.5*
EBPer = N/A
FC:CF + C = 0:1
COP = 0* AG = 1
eb = 4:0
es = 4
D=0
Pure C = 1
GHR:PHR =2:2
Adjes = 4
AdjD = 0
Const. = 0:1.5
a:p = 2:3
Afr = 1.09*
Fd = 0
FM = 4
SumC = 0
SumT = 0
S = 4*
SumT = 0
m=0
SumV = 0
SumY = 0
Complex. = 0:23*
Human Content = 3
CP = 0
Pure H = 3
PER = 1*
Isolation Index = 0.17
Cognitive Functioning
Thinking
(Ideation)
Self-Perception
Perception
(Mediation)
Attention
(Processing)
a:p = 2:3
Sum6 = 3
XA% = .70
Zf = 12
Ma:Mp = 0:1
Lv2 = 0
WDA% = .76
W:D:Dd = 9:12:2*
Fr + rF = 0
INTELL = 0
WSum6 = 10
X-% = .26
W:M = 9:1
Sum V = 0
MOR = 1
M- = 1
S- = 1
Zd = +1.5
FD = 0*
Mnone = 0
PTI = 0
DEPI = 4
FM + m = 4
Col-Shd = 0
P=4
PSV = 0
An + Xy = 2
X+% = 0.46
DQ+ = 4
MOR = 1
Xu% = .43
DQv = 1
CDI = 3
S-CON = N/A
HVI = No OBS = No
COP, and PER, which contrasts with the interest in people shown by her normative
sum of Human Content and Pure H responses. Problems in self-perception are
inferred from the absence of FD coupled with a low Egoc. Index.
As described in relation to thinking disturbances in Case Illustration 7.1, the
RFS-S is a derivation of the RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0 (RFS-2; Tibon-Czopp,
145
Resp.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Do
Wo
DSo
Dv
Ddo
WSo
Wo
MpFu
WSo
WSo
W+
Dd+
Do
D+
Do
Wo
Do
Do
Do
D+
Do
Do
Fu
Fo
Fu
C
FFu
Fo
Fo
Fu
FMao
FMaFu
FMpFo
FFo
Fu
FMpu
Fu
Fu
F-
2
2
2
2
2
H
A
Sc
Bl
An
Ad
A
H
Hh
Hh
Hh
A, Ls
A
A
A, Ls
A
Ad
An
Ge
A
H, Cg
Sc
Ge
1.0
5.0
1.0
2.5
2.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
3.0
GHR
INC
PER
PHR
2.5
P
5.5
DR
ALOG
4.0
GHR
RFS-2
+2
+4
+2
2
3
+2
+4
5
+2
+3
+2
+1
4
+2
4
+4
3
+3
5
+1
+2
+2
3
Note: The RFS-2 column in the sequence of scores refers to the score of each response on the
RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0
146
147
anxiety-provoking events in the outer world that increases the risk of psychopathological manifestations.
The elevated L of 2.83 in this adolescents protocol indicates that she currently
tends to deal with external events in a detached and avoidant manner, taking them at
their face value, and probably does so as a defensive strategy. If the raw score of
L = 2.83 is converted to T Score, the corresponding value is 71 when rounded off.
This T value is far beyond the mean T Score of 52 in contemporary nonpatient adolescents aged 1114 (see Table 5.2). The substantially elevated L demonstrates a
single-minded approach, which makes her a narrowly focused adolescent, but can
also delineate her becoming intensely devoted to tasks she chooses to pursue, perhaps to her benefit. However, this inclination toward a narrow focus of attention and
single-minded devotion can be maladaptive when, as in her case, it leads to overinclusive and simplistic processing patterns (W:D:Dd = 9:12:2; Blends:R = 0:23). As
noted, her narrow focus might constitute a defensive strategy by which she seeks to
avoid becoming upset or disorganized by limiting her awareness of external threats
to her well-being. Wearing psychological blinders may thus serve a constructive and
self-protective purpose for her, even though such shutting down of awareness exacts
the price of diminishing her sensitivity to what is going on around her.
FC:CF + C The ratio between form-dominated (FC) and the sum of colordominated (CF) and pure color (C) responses reflects the capacity for adaptive
modulation of affect. An unbalanced FC:CF + C ratio provides not only a marker of
impaired affective functioning but also a likely indication of impaired interpersonal
relatedness. FC responses are associated with relatively stable, well-modulated, and
reserved processing of emotions, with respect both to how feelings are experienced
and how they are expressed, which facilitates positive interpersonal behaviors. CF
and C responses are associated with relatively unmodulated and spontaneous processing of affect in which feelings tend to be more intense than those associated
with FC responses but also more likely to be superficial and transitory. The color
continuum from FC to CF and C represents a range of human emotionality from
mature to immature expression and can be described in terms of degree of rational
control over emotion.
Generally speaking, good adaptation is fostered by an age-appropriate balance
between FC and CF + C responses that demonstrates capacities for both reserved
and spontaneous emotionality. However, a finding of FC > (CF + C) +2 reflects an
excessive disposition to overly modulated and reserved processing of affect, at the
expense of spontaneity, and a finding of (CF + C) > FC + 2 is a marker of excessive
disposition to unmodulated and spontaneous processing of affect, characterized by
easily elicited, intense, and rapidly changing emotional states. Adolescents who
give only FC responses tend to be inordinately reserved in their interpersonal relationships, whereas those who give only CF + C responses are prone to be labile and
emotionally immature in how they relate to their peers, especially if they give Pure
C responses. In this regard, predominance of FC over CF + C can be considered to
reflect self-other relatedness, whereas predominance of CF + C over FC points to
feeling-centered relatedness.
148
In the present case illustration, the use of color in forming responses is limited to
a single occurrence in which the emotional expression is unmodulated (Pure C).
Considered in light of other notable deviations in this girls protocol (e.g., L = 2.83;
Afr = 1.09), this finding has implications for defensive operations aimed at coping
with her over-reactivity to emotion-provoking stimuli and for the degree to which
this mode of affective functioning can disrupt her interpersonal relationships. Her
limited and unbalanced FC:CF + C ratio is even more striking when interpreted
within the broader context of her interpersonal functioning, given that some frequent markers of interpersonal difficulties (e.g., CDI > 3; H < 2) are not present in
her record.
To sustain an adequate level of adaptation, however, she invokes rigid and avoidant defensive operations that can be quite effective for managing stress in usual
circumstances but are less so in anxiety-provoking situations. Overall, the findings
indicate an inclination to flatten her emotional tone, whether negative or pleasurable, in keeping with her generally narrow approach (L > 0.99) and her probable
awareness that confronting threatening situations is likely to evoke extremely stressful and unmodulated emotionality. Even if effective in minimizing distress, her
shutting down of awareness thus limits her accessibility to subjective experience.
EA The EA index measures the ideational (M) and emotional (WSumC) resources
that are consciously controllable and available for planning and implementing
deliberate strategies of coping with external demands and events. Consistent with
its implications for coping skills, EA is a developmental variable. Normative
maturation consists of gradual acquisition of a broad repertoire of adaptive
capacities. In this regard, assessing personality functioning in adolescents should
distinguish between limited available resources that indicate regression from a
previously higher level of maturity, resulting from external circumstances, and
limited coping resources that indicate developmental arrest and overall premature
functioning.
Whether people are introversive or extratensive, they should produce at least two
M responses and a WSumC of 2.5 to be considered as having minimally adequate
capacities to reflect on their experience and process their emotions. The degree to
which the available resources are used adaptively can be inferred from the FQ of the
M responses and the components of the WSumC. The better the form level of their
M responses and the more balanced their FC:CF + C ratio, the more likely people
are to be making effective use of the resources available to them.
This adolescents protocol contains just one human movement (M) response and
just one color response (Pure C), which indicates very limited psychological
resources. These minimal indications of available coping resources may well be
associated with the narrowly focused and limited openness to experience as reflected
in her elevated Lambda, in which case her shutting down of awareness could be
preventing her from drawing fully on coping resources that might otherwise be
available to her. This would mean that the limited resources she can bring to bear in
dealing with events should not be viewed as a developmental arrest but rather as a
result of defensive operations that are curtailing her subjective experience.
149
150
151
152
153
Interpersonal
R = 28
L = 1.80*
EB = 0:0.0*
EA = 0*
EBPer = N/A
FC:CF + C = 0:0*
COP = 0* AG = 0
eb = 2:10*
es = 12
D = 4*
Pure C = 0
GHR:PHR = 2:3
Adjes = 11
AdjD = 4*
Const. = 6:0.0*
a:p = 2:0
Afr = 0.56
Fd =1*
FM = 2
SumC = 6*
SumT = 0
S=3
SumT = 0
m=0
SumV = 2*
SumY = 2
Complex. = 3:28
Human Content = 4
CP = 0
Pure H = 1
PER = 0
Isolation Index = 0.21
Cognitive Functioning
Thinking
(Ideation)
Self-Perception
Perception
(Mediation)
Attention
(Processing)
Zf = 5
a:p = 2:0
Sum6 = 0
XA% = .75
Ma:Mp = 0:0
Lv2 = 0
Fr + rF = 0
INTELL = 3
WSum6 = 0
X-% = .21
W:M = 6:0
Sum V = 2*
MOR = 1
M- = 0
S- = 1
Zd = +2.0
FD = 1
Mnone = 0
PTI = 0
DEPI = 6*
FM + m = 2
Col-Shd = 0
P=4
PSV = 0
An + Xy = 2
X+% = .46
DQ+ = 1
MOR = 1
Xu% = .29
DQv = 1
CDI = 5*
S-CON = 5
HVI = No OBS = No
Note: The format of the table is derived from the RIAP. The scores in bold are those of basic
variables used for distinguishing between healthy and psychopathological personality functioning
and the five stylistic variables (R, EB, a:p, Ma:Mp, Complexity Index). Apart from cases in which
either or both sides of the EB, or the number of Blends in the Complexity Index is zero, the stylistic
markers should not be checked as psychopathological markers in themselves. Noted with asterisk
(*) are scores that exceed the normative range according to the two-step interpretive procedure
(see Chap. 6). These scores should be reconsidered in relation to the data of the composite international sample of nonpatient adolescents (see Chap. 5). For interpretation of deviant scores, see
Tables 6.16.4
154
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
Resp.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
DdSo
W+
WSo
Do
Do
Do
Do
Do
Wo
Ddo
Do
Wo
Wv
Do
Do
Do
WSv/+
Do
Do
Do
Ddo
Ddo
Do
Do
Do
Do
Ddo
Do
Fo
FC
FCFo
Fo
FFCu
Fu
FCo
FC.FYu
FMaFo
C
Fu
FFo
FD.FYo
Fo
Fo
Fo
FFu
Fu
FMa.FVo
FVu
FFu
Fo
2
2
2
2
(Hd)
A
Hd
H
An
Fd
A
Sc
A
Na
Ad
A
Hx
Ad
Ge
Hd
Ls
Ad
Na
A
Ad
Ad, Art
Ad
A
Ad
An
Sc
A
4.0
4.5
2.0
1.0
AB, MOR
4.0
RFS-2
+2
+3
3
+4
+3
3
+1
+2
+2
+1
4
+3
3
+2
3
+3
+2
+3
+3
+4
3
+2
+2
+1
+1
3
+2
+3
Note: The RFS-2 column in the sequence of scores refers to the score of each response on the
RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0
155
with other people and inclined to avoid such interactions. Moreover, he currently
tends to invest less energy than he did previously, prior to entering therapy, in processing information, as shown in his reduced score on the Complexity Index, with
Blends = 3:28 as compared to 10:27 in the first administration. These changes might
reflect a defensive strategy in which he resorts to a narrow approach and lack of
openness to external stimuli so as to avoid becoming upset or disorganized by constant awareness of frustrating circumstances.
Consistent with his narrow approach and lack of openness to external stimuli, the
elevated positive mean score on the RFS-2 (RFS-P = +0.96) on this adolescents
protocol indicates overly concrete and excessively realistic cognitive functioning,
which shows that he currently tends to stick to reality and allow only minimal fantasy production. Although such patterns of cognitive functioning can be stylistic
and ego syntonic, more often they reflect a defensive operation against anxietyprovoking stimuli, in which the collapse of fantasy into reality may hide a major
affective disorder. Overall, being supported by therapy appears to have improved
this adolescents capacities for concentration at the expense of limiting his thinking
to only concrete and realistic matters.
The CS affective variables in this boys protocol exceed the normative range in
both the first and the second administration. The DEPI of 6 found in the second
administration is likely to indicate the presence of a depressive disorder. Depressive
features were found on referral (DEPI=5) as well but following 1 year of therapy his
depressive mood is quite prominent. Specifically, he is experiencing considerable
distress, even more so than previously (D = 4 and AdjD = 4, as compared to
D = 3; AdjD = 1, in the first administration). The elevated score of SumShading = 10
also points to excessive dysphoric feelings. Most importantly, these intense emotions appear to be bottled up inside (Constriction Index = 6:0.0) and consist of
unpleasant and dysphoric feelings that are beyond his capacity to manage (C = 6;
Shading-Shading Blend = 1). This adolescent is in all likelihood overwhelmed by
negative emotions that make it difficult for him to function and against which he
employs a variety of defense strategies that are ineffective in preventing maladaptation to external reality, although his inclination is to stick to reality. On the other
hand, the heightened subjective distress that he showed on referral has become more
moderate (AdjDMD = 0 and eb = 2:10, as compared to AdjDMD = +2 and eb = 7:12 in
the first administration).
Simultaneously with developing some self-inspection capacities that were not
observed on referral (FD = 1 and SumV = 2, as compared to FD = 0 and SumV = 0,
respectively), the nature of the impairment in this adolescents affective functioning
has also changed substantially. Whereas the depressive features seemed to be previously externalized, stormy, relatively unmodulated, and suffused with anger and
conflicting emotions (FC:CF + C = 1:7; Pure C = 1; Constriction index = 8: 8.0; S =5;
Col-Shd Blend = 3), the current depressive episode is, presumably as a consequence
of the therapeutic process, internalized in nature. In this regard, the notably lower D
Score and AdjD Score, as well as the elevated C and lack of color responses (WSum
C = 0), resulting in the deviant score on the Constriction Index (C:WSumC = 6:0),
are particularly meaningful for understanding this adolescents subjective experience. What follows is a description of each of these three major psychopathological
markers (D Score, AdjD Score, and Constriction Index) of the current depressive
156
episode and the inferences about his affective experience that can be drawn from
these deviations.
D Score The D Score derives from conjoint consideration of all of the determinants
coded in the CS except for Form Dimensionality (FD) and Reflection (Fr; rF)
responses. It is therefore one of the most broadly based and interpretively meaningful
indices that can be calculated from Rorschach data. If the D Score of an adolescents
protocol does not exceed the cutoff score of 1 (see Table 2) and its two components
(EA and es) are within the normative range, the adolescent is usually well adjusted
and is not showing overt symptoms of anxiety, tension, or irritability.
The raw D Score in this adolescent protocol (D = 4) was converted to a T Score
using the M and SD of the D Score as presented in Meyer et al., (2007), the resulting
value when rounded off is 28. This value falls far below the mean T Score of the D
Score in contemporary nonpatient adolescents aged 1518, which is 47 (see Table 5.2).
The low T value indicates that this adolescent is showing much more affective
disturbance than would normatively be expected and that his affective functioning
is severely disordered.
AdjD Score The AdjD Score is useful for distinguishing between a relatively persistent stress overload and mostly situational experienced stress. Of the six determinants that compose the es, which is one of the AdjD components, four are reasonably
stable (FM, T, C, and V), whereas the other two (m and Y) vary in response to
contextual circumstances. The AdjD is produced by reducing the es by the number
of m and Y greater than one (with one of each of these variables being the normative
expectation) and subtracting this reduced es from the EA.
The AdjD of 4 in this adolescents protocol points to a stress overload that is
persistent and reflects long-standing incapacity to cope effectively with external
demands and events without becoming unduly distressed by them. Interestingly, in
contrast to this currently deviant score, his AdjD Score of 1 in the first administration did not exceed the cutoff point for distinguishing between healthy and psychopathological functioning, probably because he had been using his coping resources
in a less defensive manner prior to entering therapy. It may be, however, that his
previous externalization limited his felt distress but also created cognitive impairments, which have now lessened.
Constriction Index The Constriction Index (SumC:WSumC) points to the capacity
to experience and express affect pleasurably. The likelihood that feelings are being
internalized and kept bottled up inside increases the more that SumC exceeds
WSumC. As distinct from the Affective Ratio (Afr), which indicates an individuals
receptivity to or avoidance of becoming emotionally involved in affective interchange, the Constriction Index demonstrates an inclination either to internalize or
externalize affective experience. The total absence of color responses in the presence
of the six achromatic responses (C) in this adolescents protocol is of particularly
concern. However, although the extremely unbalanced Constriction Index
(SumC:WSumC = 6:0), together with the deviations on the DEPI, D and the AdjD
scores and on other affective variables as well, delineates a depressive episode, the
relatively high proportion of form-dominated C responses (FC = 5) suggests that the
157
dysphoric feelings are now more moderated cognitively than they were on referral,
when only half of his achromatic responses (SumC = 8) were form dominated
(FC = 4). If so, this change during the course of his therapy reflects transformation
from relatively uncontrolled dysphoria to an over-controlled depressive state.
As shown by the sequence of responses (see Table 8.2.2), Card IV was particularly likely to elicit dysphoric feelings, with two FC responses: Not defined (turns
the card)... it reminds me of a bat (Resp. 9)... and a mountain I dont know which
mountain it is, but it is a mountain (Resp. 10). Because Card IV is known to evoke
associations to big, strong, massive, powerful, and sometimes threatening human
or humanlike figures, which are looked up to as a dominant authority, it is often
seen as reflecting ones internal representations of an authority figure. Furthermore,
with the depressive tone created by its dark color and heavy shading, Card IV may
be upsetting for people who are depressed or trying to avoid dealing with gloomy
affect. In the case of this avoidant and frightened adolescent, Card IV must have
evoked dysphoric affect, as shown in his two FC responses to the card, coupled
with a flight into ambiguous rather than precise description of the object seen in
this card.
Following his exposure to Card IV, this boy appears to have difficulty preserving his previous relatively adaptive functioning. When shown Card V, he initially
responds with an inaccurately perceived and partial object of a dog. Just half of it
(Resp.11). Although this response is followed by an accurately perceived whole
object of a butterfly (Resp. 12), he is able to focus his attention on this commonly
seen object only by manipulating the outer stimulus, which he does by turning the
card upside down. His concluding response to this relatively unambiguous card,
which provides strong representation of reality, is quite surprising. The third
response to Card V, coded with Wv C Hx AB, MOR, indicates subjective experience of even less clearly defined outer reality. The sequence analysis thus provides
valuable information concerning how this depressed adolescent experiences reality, particularly when encountering difficulties in coping with an authority figure
(Card IV), and it can illuminate the major symptom patterns shown in the interpersonal domain. Indeed, following 1 year of therapy, this adolescent appears to show
substantial difficulties in interpersonal relationships that are more prominent than
those shown on referral (CDI = 5; EA = 0; and COP = 0) compared to CDI = 4,
EA = 10, and COP = 0. What follows is a description of the CDI as a psychopathological marker of relatedness. The EA and COP are described in relation to another
case illustration of anxiety symptom patterns (see Case Illustration 7.3).
CDI The Coping Deficit Index (CDI) is a well-validated Rorschach measure of
adaptive capacities for interpersonal relatedness. By combining EA with several
other variables related to coping adequately with stress, affect, and interpersonal
relationships, the CDI provides a broadly based measure of adaptive resources that
has specific implications for differential diagnosis and treatment planning as well as
for personality description.
The elevated CDI in this adolescents protocol (CDI = 5) points to adjustment
difficulties and limited capacity to cope effectively with ordinary demands.
Furthermore, coupled with an elevated DEPI of 6 and an extremely low EA of 0,
the deviant CDI provides further indication of this boys impaired affective and
158
159
160
and self-perception. Children under age 11 tend to give fewer whole and real
human-figure responses than adolescents and adults, which is consistent with
developmental expectations concerning identity formation, but the number of H
responses normatively exceeds the number of (H) + Hd + (Hd) responses at every
age. To adjust adequately to their circumstances and feel satisfied with themselves,
adolescents need to be comfortable in interpersonal relationships and have a sense
of what kind of person they are. Fewer H than (H) + Hd + (Hd) responses, on the
other hand, usually signifies social discomfort and difficulty developing a sense of
identity and self-integrity. So it is with this boy, whose surplus of (H) + Hd + (Hd)
over H responses, as shown in the H:(H) + Hd + (Hd) ratio of 1:4, suggests not only
deficient capacity for identifying with real human figures but also maladaptive
uncertainty about himself and unpleasant interpersonal experience regardless of the
context. As has been noted, the imbalance in his human representations was not
shown on referral. This difference lends further support to the inference of a regressive depressive state emerging during the therapeutic process.
161
from the two protocols of this adolescent boy illustrate personality characteristics
underlying avoidant behavior and support the impression that his avoidance is not
ego syntonic and should instead be considered part of a depressive episode.
162
that the obsessions or compulsions are definitely or probably not anchored in reality
and are thus ego alien and not ego syntonic. Should an adolescent be thoroughly
convinced that obsessivecompulsive symptom patterns are true, these patterns
may reflect a psychotic disorder.
In general, obsessivecompulsive symptom patterns can be conceived as constituting defensive operations activated against anxiety provoked by threat from either
internal sources (e.g., guilt) or external sources (e.g., exposure to traumatic situations). Although intended to diminish anxiety, however, these defensive symptom
patterns are themselves likely to cause substantial distress. The present case illustration focuses on the utility of the Rorschach in providing differential diagnosis in a
16-year-old boy whose symptom patterns of compulsive behaviors meet the DSM-5
criteria for OCD.
As previously noted, the Rorschach was not designed to provide a psychiatric
diagnosis but has proved to be a valid measure for helping to differentiate among
major cognitive and affective types of disorder and among other symptom patterns
that constitute a diagnosable DSM category (e.g., OCD and PTSD). The Rorschach
can additionally serve as a validated tool for delineating possible comorbid psychopathological states, particularly those in which observed symptom patterns, such as
obsessivecompulsive or psychotic-like behavioral manifestations, are trauma
induced (e.g., Viglione, 1990).
163
Interpersonal
R = 31
L = 0.55
EB = 3:3.0
EA = 6.0
EBPer = N/A
FC:CF + C = 0:3*
COP = 0* AG = 0
eb = 11:6
es = 17
D = 4*
Pure C = 0
GHR:PHR = 3:4
Adjes = 16
AdjD = 3*
Const. = 2:3.0
a:p = 8:6
Afr = 0.63
Fd = 1*
FM = 9
SumC = 2
SumT = 0
S = 5*
SumT = 0
m=2
SumV = 3*
SumY = 1
Complex. = 9:31
Human Content = 6
CP = 0
Pure H = 0*
PER = 1
Isolation Index = 0.23
Cognitive Functioning
Thinking
(Ideation)
Self-Perception
Perception
(Mediation)
Attention
(Processing)
a:p = 8:6
Sum6 = 3
XA% = .65*
Zf = 10
Ma:Mp = 0:3
Lv2 = 2*
WDA% = .75
W:D:Dd = 7:17:7*
Fr + rF = 4*
INTELL = 2
WSum6 = 7
X-% = .35*
W:M =7:3
Sum V = 3*
MOR = 3
M- = 1
S- =1
Zd = +4.0*
FD = 3*
Mnone = 0
PTI = 1
DEPI = 4
FM + m = 11*
Col-Shd = 0
P=4
PSV =0
An + Xy = 0
X+% = 0.39
DQ+ = 5
MOR = 3
Xu% = .26
DQv = 2
CDI = 4*
S-CON = 8*
164
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
Resp.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Wo
WSo
Ddo
WSo
D+
Ddo
Do
Do
Ddo
Ddo
WSo
Wo
Ddo
Do
Do
Do
Wv
Do
Do
D+
Do
Do
Do
Do
DdSo
Wv
D+
Do
DS+
Ddo
D+
FC.FDMpo
Fo
FD.CFu
FMpo
FMpFo
FY.FMaFVFr.mpu
FMao
FC.FMao
FMpu
Fu
FVFro
FMao
Fo
FMao
FFMa.FrFMp.Fr.FVo
Fma.CFu
Fu
Fu
FD.CFo
FFMau
Ad
Hx, (Hd)
Art
(Hd), Bl
A
(Ad)
Hd
Cg
Ad
(Ad)
Ls
A
A
Ad
(Ad)
A
Na
Ad
Hd
A, Na
Fd
A
Ge
Hd, Art
(Ad)
Ex
Sc
A
Sc, Bt
(Hd)
A, Hx
1.0
3.5
DV2, INC2
PER, GHR
4.5
3.0
MOR, PHR
DV
PHR
5.0
1.0
P
P
3.0
MOR
MOR
GHR
PHR
4.0
6.0
4.0
PHR
GHR
RFS-2
5
1
+3
1
+1
3
5
+3
4
3
1
+1
+1
1
1
3
+2
+1
+4
+1
3
4
3
1
3
1
+2
+2
+2
3
1
Note: The RFS-2 column in the sequence of scores refers to the score of each response on the
RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0
165
166
167
168
169
symptom patterns. Because emotional neediness and expression have been criticized
by his parents as being immature, he has resorted to apparently more mature ideational defenses that he uses to control his childish-like emotionality. Nevertheless,
most frequently he fails to use ideation in a realistic fashion and to keep himself task
oriented. His complex style of processing external stimuli additionally puts him at
risk of having difficulty making even minor decisions. This inability to arrive at
definite conclusions about events renders him quite helpless at times and exacerbates his subjective distress. His marked subjective distress and helplessness,
together with his self-destructive tendencies, make him highly susceptible to further
decompensation.
This case illustration of a 16-year-old boy with obsessivecompulsive symptom
patterns demonstrates how psychodynamically oriented assessment of diverse
symptom patterns can play an important and beneficial role in Rorschach assessment, particularly for adolescents. Instead of regarding Rorschach findings as confusing because observed personality characteristics do not point to a clearly
recognizable disorder, consideration of possible broader and underlying meanings
of the overt symptoms and personality characteristics, even though speculative, can
often serve to clarify the clinical picture. Although psychodynamic reconstructions
cannot substitute for reliable and valid criteria for arriving at meaningful diagnoses,
conceptual formulations, whatever form they may take, can facilitate clinical thinking about complex and atypical presenting pictures that do not fit familiar patterns
and may thereby extend diagnostic understanding beyond categorical classifications
based on self-report inventories.
170
171
172
Interpersonal
R = 19
L = 1.71*
EB = 1:1.5
EA = 2.5*
EBPer = N/A
FC:CF + C = 1:1
COP = 2 AG = 0
eb = 4:2
es = 6
D = 1
Pure C = 0
GHR:PHR = 4:0
Adjes = 5
AdjD = 0
Const. = 1:1.5
a:p = 3:2
Afr = 0.58
Fd = 0
FM = 2
SumC = 1
SumT = 0
S=2
SumT = 0
m=2
SumV = 0
SumY = 1
Complex. = 1:19
Human Content = 4
CP = 0
Pure H = 2
PER = 0
Isolation Index = 0.11
Cognitive Functioning
Thinking
(Ideation)
Self-Perception
Perception
(Mediation)
Attention
(Processing)
a:p = 3:2
Sum6 = 1
XA% = .95
Zf =
Ma:Mp = 1:0
Lv2 = 0
WDA% = .95
W:D:Dd = 13:6:0*
Fr + rF = 0
INTELL = 2
WSum6 = 4
X-% = .05
W:M = 13:1
Sum V = 0
MOR = 0
M- = 0
S- = 0
Zd = +1.5
FD = 0*
Mnone = 0
PTI = 0
DEPI = 3
FM + m = 4
Col-Shd = 1
P = 8*
PSV = 1
An + Xy = 0
X+% = .79
DQ+ = 6
MOR = 0
Xu% = .16
DQv = 0
CDI = 2
S-CON = 2
HVI = No OBS = No
173
Resp.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Wo
WSo
W+
WSo
Do
Wo
Wo
Wo
Wo
Wo
D+
W+
D+
W+
Wo
Wo
Do
Do
Do
FMao
Fo
Mao
Fu
Fo
FFu
Fo
Fo
FC'o
Fo
Mpu
ma.CF.FYo
FMpo
FCo
Fo
Fo
Fo
Fo
2
2
A
(Hd)
H
(Ad)
Cg
Ad
A
(H)
A
A
Ay
H, Id
Ls, Fi
A, Ls
Art
(Ad)
A
A
A
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
1.0
3.5
4.5
4.5
5.5
4.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
4.5
5.5
5.5
GHR
COP, GHR
GHR
PSV
RFS-2
+1
+2
0
1
+3
3
+2
+3
+4
+3
+3
5
+1
+1
+2
+2
+4
+4
+3
Note: The RFS-2 column in the sequence of scores refers to the score of each response on the
RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0
The next step in the interpretation consists of comparing his EA with the reference value based on the combined international sample of nonpatient adolescents
provided in Chap. 5 of this volume. If his raw score (EA = 2.5) is converted to a T
Score using the M and SD presented in Meyer et al., Table 1, the corresponding
value is 38 when rounded off, which is more than 2SD lower than the mean EA of
nonpatient adolescents in his age group. Nevertheless, as just noted, he has apparently been able to preserve his well-adjusted functioning despite his limited coping
resources. Notable in this regard has been his ability to minimize the experienced
stress when confronting external demands and keep it within limits he can manage
(D = 1; AdjD = 0).
This adolescents well-adapted functioning is additionally evident in CS scores
indicating accurate and conventional, or even overly conventional, perception
(XA% = 0.95; WDA% = 0.95; X-% = 0.05; P = 8) and coherent and logical thinking
(WSum6 = 4; Lv2 = 0). His appropriate adjustment to external demands is evidenced
further by his adequate, although restricted and simplistic, affective functioning
(FC:CF + C = 1:1; Complexity Index = 1:19); his ability to identify with other people
(Human Content = 4); his capacity of relating to mental representations of realistic
human figures (Pure H =2); and his anticipation of engaging in collaborative activities with other people (COP = 2), although he may be lacking in assertiveness
(AG = 0).
What is apparent, however, is that this adolescents well-adjusted functioning is
maintained by a coping strategy that adheres closely to reality and limits his ability
174
175
objects, which they can be assumed to represent, these respondents do not adapt to
the basic task of the test, which is to misperceive the stimulus as being something more than an inkblot (Exner, 2003). Instead, they are not able to cross the
threshold where perception as recognition becomes perception as interpretation
(Leichtman, 1996).
As an illustration of this conception, the elevated RFS-P in this adolescents
protocol, which substantially exceeds the normative range of this index, points to a
reality-bound approach. This approach, which is also evidenced by some of his
other CS scores (e.g., low number of color and shading responses, low Complexity
Index), delineates a markedly narrow and reserved pattern of functioning and experiencing, which is apparently justified by the somatic symptoms. Further consistent
with his excessively reality-bound approach is the frequency of his poor quality,
childish-like, mostly common, and unelaborated contents (a bat, a butterfly,
insects), with a high Lambda and 13 percepts referring to animals, most of them
as a single content of the response.
Worth noting, however, is Resp. 13, which is his first response to Card VIII
a volcano and stands out with its complex coding (D+ ma. CF. FYo Ls, Fi). It is
reasonable to consider that this relatively ambiguous colored card may have provoked associations to a volcano explosion over which one has no control. Such
associations may have threatened his internal sense of stabilized self-cohesion,
either because of unresolved neurotic conflicts or because of substantial deficits in
his capacity to process emotions. This threatening association apparently activated
a strategy of coping with the outer stimulus (the blot) that differed from his customary narrow frame of reference and was characterized instead by a complex and
integrative emotional style (D+, CF, multiple determinant Blend). Interestingly,
this highly unusual style of coping, although experienced as quite distressful (m,
FY), did not impair his thinking or perception.
176
With respect to the quality of this adolescents functioning, the Rorschach protocol in the present case revealed a personality picture of a young person who is preoccupied with searching for concrete, reality-bound facts and establishing an accurate
perception of the external world while persistently avoiding any internal imagery
or affect that might contaminate this perception with his subjective experience.
In this regard, the finding of an extremely elevated RFS-P suggests a severe impairment
in his ability to preserve a dialectical tension between reality and fantasy.
Some authors (e.g., McDougall, 1989; Ogden, 1989) propose that somatic symptom patterns and psychosis might hide similar cognitive impairments. Most notable
among these are difficulties in concept formation, as represented in either concrete
or overly inclusive thinking (e.g., Weiner, 1992). This comparison may seem incongruous, in that few adolescents appear more bizarre than those with psychotic
symptoms, and few seem as well adapted as those who show somatic symptom patterns, as is the case with this 18-year-old adolescent. This similarity is not limited to
the dynamic force of unconscious fears concerning contact with external objects but
also includes fears of the damage that emotional states are thought to cause.
Although located at two opposite poles of the realityfantasy continuum, both
somatic reactivity and psychotic symptoms point to impairment cognitive functioning and also to impaired experience of ones self-state. Whereas in psychosis, there
is an attack on the psychological capacities by which meanings are created and
contemplated, in somatic reactivity, there is an attack on the psychological capacity
to capture affect and use it for thought. Adolescents with somatic symptom patterns
deflect the self from subject to object. External reality and object relationships are
thereby drained of their meaning, and, instead of delusions produced by thoughts, it
is the somatic symptom that represents delusional thinking.
The present findings suggest that, in the evaluation of well-adapted adolescents
with somatic symptom patterns, the EII-2 should be used jointly with the RFS-2 as
complementary indices. In general, the EII-2 might be more sensitive to problems
of adaptation to external reality, whereas the RFS-2 is more useful in assessing adolescents in whom the very adaptation to external reality is regarded as the problem,
not the solution. In these cases, the RFS-2 would enable clinicians to detect aspects
of personality that would not be captured if the EII-2 were used alone. However, in
adolescents whose major symptom patterns are somatic, abnormality is most often
masked by extremely concrete and reality-oriented experience. Using the EII-2
jointly with the RFS-2 can be essential for differential diagnosis and for understanding their subjective experience.
Conclusion
The distinctive characteristics of anxiety and personality disorders are less uniform
and more varied than those of schizophrenia-spectrum and affective disorders, and
Rorschach protocols of adolescents with these disorders are accordingly likely to
be more diverse and less directly suggestive of any particular disorder, as described
References
177
References
American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders
(5th ed.). Arlington, VA: Author.
Bollas, C. (1987). The shadow of the object. London: Free Association Books.
Drabick, D. A. (2009). Can a developmental psychopathology perspective facilitate a paradigm
shift toward mixed categorical-dimensional classification system? Clinical Psychology:
Science and Practice, 16, 4149.
Exner, J. E. (2003). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Basic foundations and principles of
interpretation 4th ed., Vol. 1). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Fonagy, P., & Target, M. (1996). Playing with reality: Theory of mind and the normal development
of psychic reality. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 77, 217233.
Hollenstein, T., & Lougheed, J. P. (2013). Beyond storm and stress: Typicality, transactions, timing, and temperament to account for adolescent change. American Psychologist, 68, 444454.
Leichtman, M. B. (1996). The Rorschach: A developmental perspective. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic
Press.
Lerner, P. M. (1998). Psychoanalytic perspectives on the Rorschach. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
Mash, E. J., & Wolfe, D. E. (2013), Disorders of childhood and adolescence. In G. Stricker & T. A.
Widiger (Eds.) Clinical psychology. Vol. 8 in I. B. Weiner (Ed.- in-Chief), Handbook of psychology (2nd ed., pp. 1972). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley.
McDougall, J. (1989). Theatres of the body: A psychoanalytic approach to psychosomatic illness.
London: Free Association Books.
Meyer, G. J., Erdberg, P., & Shaffer, T. W. (2007). Toward international normative reference data
for the Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89(S1), S201S216.
178
Nemiah, J. C., & Sifneos, P. E. (1970). Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic
disorders. In O. W. Hill (Ed.), Modern trends in psychosomatic medicine (Vol. 2, pp. 2634).
London: Butterworths.
Ogden, T. H. (1989). Playing, dreaming, and interpreting experience: Comments on potential
space. In M. Fromm & B. Smith (Eds.), The facilitating environment: Clinical applications of
Winnicotts theory (pp. 255278). Madison, CT: International Universities Press.
PDM Task Force. (2006). Psychodynamic Diagnostic Manual. Silver Spring, MD: Alliance of
Psychoanalytic Organizations.
Smith, B. L. (1990). Potential space and the Rorschach: Application of object relations theory.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 55, 756767.
Taylor, G. J., Bagby, R. M., & Parker, J. D. (1991). The alexithymia construct: A potential paradigm for psychosomatic medicine. Psychosomatics, 32(2), 153164.
Tibon, S., Porcelli, P., & Weinberger, Y. (2005). The Ego Impairment Index and the RealityFantasy Scale: Comment on Viglione, Perry, and Meyer (2003). Journal of Personality
Assessment, 84(3), 315317.
Tibon-Czopp, S., Appel, L., & Zeligman, R. (2015). Assessing personality patterns of functioning
in a decision-making ambiguous task: The Rorschach Reality-Fantasy Scale (RFS-2). Group
Decision and Negotiation.
Viglione, D. J. (1990). Severe disturbance or trauma-induced adaptive reaction: A Rorschach child
case study. Journal of Personality Assessment, 55, 280295.
Viglione, D. J., Perry, W., & Meyer, G. J. (2003). Refinements in the Rorschach Ego Impairment
Index incorporating the Human Representational Variable. Journal of Personality Assessment,
81, 149156.
Weiner, I. B. (1992). Psychological disturbance in adolescence (2nd ed.). New York, NY: John
Wiley.
Weiner, I. B. (2003). Principles of Rorschach interpretation (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Widiger, T. A., & Edmundson, M. (2011). Diagnoses, dimensions, and DSM-5. In D. H. Barlow
(Ed.), Oxford handbook of clinical psychology (pp. 254278). New York, NY: Oxford
University Press.
Winnicott, D. W. (1971). Playing and reality. New York: Basic books.
Chapter 9
In line with the conception explored in the previous chapter concerning internalized
symptom patterns, this chapter explores the utility of the Rorschach for delineating
susceptibility of adolescents who show externalized symptom patterns to developing a particular disorder and the maladaptive impact of the disorder on their psychological functioning. As noted, it has long been known that adolescents who show
impaired psychological functioning are at increased risk for showing psychopathology in adulthood. Accordingly, personality characteristics shown in the Rorschach
protocol of adolescents with adjustment symptom patterns may presage development of a personality disorder in adulthood.
What follows are two case illustrations that describe the two externalized behavioral manifestations most frequently seen in adolescents. One is adjustment symptom patterns in a 15-year-old girl (Case Illustration 9.1) and the other is eating
behavior problems in a 14-year-old girl (Case Illustration 9.2). Like the previous
analysis of the externalized type cases, the present one begins with pointing out the
deviant scores, followed by discussing the implications of these deviant scores for
certain personality characteristics, for certain types of externalized disorders, and
for treatment planning. Particularly important in these cases are issues of continuities and changes and their impact on adaptation in adulthood.
179
180
develop in response to a stressor; (b) marked distress that is out of proportion to the
severity or intensity of the stressor, even when external threatening events that might
influence symptom severity are taken into account; and (c) significant impairment
in functioning. Adjustment disorder can occur in the context of mood or conduct
symptom patterns.
Adolescents with adjustment disorders can show a wide range of subjective
states. They might be observed as being anxious, depressed, angry, or impulsive.
Their relationships may become more dependent and clinging or more distant and
detached, in accord to their basic personality dispositions. Because adolescents
cognitive functioning, affective states, relational patterns, and self-perception are
quite varied, no single pattern characterizes those who show adjustment problems.
However, impairment in one or more of the domains is usually evident and may
exacerbate the adolescents subjective distress to the extent of posing potential risky
consequences, including self-destructive and violent behaviors. Although the subjective states in adjustment disorders are similar to those of other mental disorders,
the major difference is that, in adjustment disorders these states are temporary and
related to specific events (PDM Task Force, 2006). This conception makes it essential to assess the extent to which the symptom patterns are primarily reactive or
instead constitute an enduring characterological pattern that would indicate faltering personality development.
During adolescence, when personality patterns become increasingly stable, some
problems in personality organization start to be established. Most frequently, adolescents who show adjustment symptom patterns are more likely to be having problems
in personality development rather than temporary maladaptive reactive states. In particular, adjustment symptom patterns are commonly found in adolescents who are
functioning at the borderline level of personality organization (PDM Task Force, 2006).
Borderline adolescents are characterized by persistent ways of viewing and coping with events that seem out of step with their peers and often cause them to falter
markedly in their daily functioning. They are vulnerable to psychotic-like episodes,
inclined to overly intense and unstable emotionality and poor self-control, and
likely to have strained interpersonal relationships and negative perceptions of themselves. However, these patterns of impaired functioning may appear only in specific
stress-provoking circumstances, such as unstructured settings that provide few
guidelines for what they should do or are expected to feel.
The only stable feature of adolescent borderline functioning is an unstable,
inconsistent, and labile pattern of coping with reality, as demonstrated by abrupt
fluctuations between reality and fantasy, between polarized affective states, between
closeness and distance in interpersonal relationships, and between self-deprecating
and grandiose views of themselves (Weiner, 1992). Because of their limited ego
strength, they have little anxiety tolerance and are prone to diffuse free-floating
anxiety that is particularly likely to disrupt their functioning in unstructured and
emotion-laden settings (Lerner, 1998; Sugerman, 1980). Accordingly, the ambiguous nature of the Rorschach task makes it particularly suitable for capturing the
marked fluctuations that characterize this personality organization.
When conducting Rorschach assessment addressed at delineating borderline
conditions in adolescents, clinicians should be aware that conceptual issues related
181
to these conditions are far from settled and that consideration should accordingly be
given to defining the phenomena to be diagnosed. In particular, there is no wellestablished Rorschach profile that discriminates among characterological disturbances. This limitation is quite evident in the assessment of adolescents, because of
the variability with which they are developing physically and psychologically.
Difficulties shown on the Rorschach of adolescents at one point of time may disappear, particularly if they have had the benefit of some psychotherapy.
The Rorschach can nevertheless provide clues to an adolescents personality
structure and processes and to the persons level of subjective distress. Along with
considering the possibility of borderline disorder in an adolescent with adjustment
problems, this Rorschach information can help to identify young people whose
problem behavior is associated with the emergence on an antisocial personality disorder that is likely to persist into adulthood. What follows is a case illustration of a
15-year-old girl who was referred by her school and the Department of Social
Services to evaluate whether she is under sufficient control to return to school, following her arrest for threatening her 18-year-old boyfriend with a weapon when she
felt being humiliated by him. The discussion focuses on her deviant scores on the 45
CS and CS-based variables delineated in this volume for distinguishing between
healthy and psychopathological personality functioning, within the context of her
scores on the five stylistic variables (see Chap. 6). Attention is paid in particular to
indications of whether the behavioral symptom patterns of this girl meet criteria for
a diagnosable adjustment disorder or instead point to characterological problems.
182
Interpersonal
R = 16
L = 1.29*
EB = 0:1.5*
EA = 1.5*
EBPer = N/A
FC:CF + C = 1:1
COP = 0* AG = 0
eb = 4:5*
es = 9
D = 2*
Pure C = 0
GHR:PHR = 1:2
Adjes = 6
AdjD = 1
Const. = 3:1.5*
a:p = 2:3
Afr = 0.45
Fd = 3*
FM = 1
SumC = 3
SumT = 0
S = 4*
SumT = 0
m=3
SumV = 0
SumY = 2
Complex. = 3:16
Human Content = 3
CP = 0
Pure H = 0*
PER = 0
Isolation Index = 0.06
Cognitive Functioning
Thinking
(Ideation)
Self-Perception
Perception
(Mediation)
Attention
(Processing)
a:p = 2:3
Sum6 =
XA% = .63*
Zf = 11
Ma:Mp = 0:0
Lv2 = 1*
WDA% = .67*
W:D:Dd = 11:4:1*
Fr + rF = 0
INTELL = 0
WSum6 = 7
X-% = .31*
W:M = 11:0
Sum V = 0
MOR = 2
M- = 0
S- = 3
Zd = 1.5
FD = 0*
Mnone = 0
PTI = 2
DEPI = 5*
FM + m = 4
Col-Shd = 0
P = 3*
PSV = 1
An + Xy = 0
X+% = .38
DQ+ = 4
MOR = 2
Xu% = .25
DQv = 1
CDI = 5*
S-CON = 6
HVI = No OBS = No
This event altered the familys pattern of functioning. Her mother found a job as an
administrative assistant in a local hospital, and she entered the local school, where
she has done well. She has a history of being a good student and a good athlete, with
no history of family problems. Tables 9.1.1 and 9.1.2 present the structural data and
the sequence of scores for her Rorschach protocol.
183
Resp.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
WSo
Wo
DSo
DS+
W+
Wo
Wo
W+
Do
Wv
Wo
Do
Wv/+
DdSo
Do
W+
Fo
Fo
FFCmap.CF.YFFo
Fo
Fu
Mpu
mp.CFu
Fu
FCo
Y
FFFMa.CFo
A
A
Fd
Ad, Cg
Sc, Fi
A
A
(Hd),Id
Fd
Fi
Ad
Bt
Id
(Hd)
(Hd)
A, Fd
P
P
3.5
1.0
4.5
4.0
1.0
1.0
2.5
2.5
MOR
FAB2
PSV
GHR
MOR
2.5
PHR
PHR
5.5
RFS-2
+4
+3
3
5
4
+4
+4
1
1
1
+2
+2
3
3
3
+1
Note: The RFS-2 column in the sequence of scores refers to the score of each response on the
RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0
184
cognitive functioning be within the normative range. This particular feature of her
personality functioning was demonstrated as well by her scores on structured psychological tests such as the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (WISC), which
indicated coherent, logical, and realistic thinking. In this regard, the data are consistent with the expectation that relatively intact performance on the WISC contrasting
with a clearly deviant performance on the Rorschach may well indicate the presence
of a borderline disorder.
Inferences about the affective experience of this girl can be derived from the
deviant D Score of 2, indicating current experience of stress overload and insufficient coping capacities to deal with events in her life without becoming unduly
distressed by them. The AdjDMD of +1 delineates the likelihood of prevailing distressful experience with marked anxiety symptoms, and she additionally gives evidence of emotional blocking (const. = 3:1.5), dysphoric and unpleasant affect
(eb = 4:5), and negative attitudes sometimes associated with oppositional behavior
or underlying feelings of resentment and faulty judgment (S = 4, three of them coded
with FQ-). These markers of psychopathological affective functioning coupled with
the previously noted elevated Lambda (L), the formless diffuse-shading response
(Y), and the rarely found Shading-Shading Blend point to a prevalent affective experience of anger and depression that may at times be discharged in maladaptive and
poorly controlled behavior associated with outbursts of temper and violence.
Impaired interpersonal functioning can be inferred from this girls deviant score
on the Coping Deficit Index (CDI = 5) and her low EA (EA = 1.5). These deviations
point to substantial deficits in her capacity for coping with ordinary aspects of interpersonal and emotional situations as well as her generally limited adaptive resources.
In addition, the absence of Pure H responses, which is particularly meaningful in
light of the heightened dependency needs indicated by the 3 Food (Fd) responses,
put her at risk of being persistently angry and frustrated at not receiving the attention and nurturance she would like to have.
As described in previously presented case illustrations, the extent to which CS
scores deviate from normative expectation can be evaluated by transforming them
into T Scores. In this girls record, her elevated number of responses with Food (Fd)
content exceeds the cutoff score established as M + 1SD in the contemporary nonpatient adult samples (Meyer et al., 2007, Table 1). The Fd frequency in her protocol can be compared to the reference value of the T Score for Fd in the combined
international sample of nonpatient adolescents used in the present volume, which is
50 (see Table 5.2). If the Fd raw score of 3 is converted to a T Score, using the M
and SD presented in Meyer et al., the corresponding value rounds off to 90. This T
Score value, compared to the customary mean value of T Scores at 50, provides
indication of her extremely heightened dependency as compared to her peers.
An inclination toward strained interpersonal relationships is also reflected in the
absence of human movement (M) responses and any cooperative movement
responses (COP) in her protocol. These findings point to her incapacity to develop
empathic relationships and to anticipate and engage in collaborative activities with
other people, respectively. Accordingly, although she might be able to handle superficial relationships with other people, she cannot deal effectively with close or intimate
185
relationships. Furthermore, her apparently very low self-esteem (Egoc. Index = 0.00),
coupled with limited psychological mindfulness (FD =0) and a tendency to identify
with partial or imaginary human figures, as shown by the unbalanced ratio of
H < (H) + Hd + (Hd), might explain her vulnerability to having difficulties in interpersonal relationships.
The nature of her internalized object relations induces this adolescent to relate to
others as part objects whose purpose in life is either to serve or to attack her. She
may consequently be inclined to suspect the motives of those with whom she develops an apparently close relationship and to misperceive their attitudes and the intent
of their actions. Despite such concerns, her dependency needs may lead her at times
to become over-involved with certain people and form an intense and clinging
attachment to them. As a result, she is prone to interpreting even a slight suggestion
of inattention to her needs as an empathic failure that threatens her self-integrity, as
in taking a paranoid-like stance toward the world. This likely approach-avoidance
pattern, together with her limited anxiety tolerance and insufficient adaptive coping
resources, support the hypothesis of mixed characterological problems, with dependent, narcissistic and paranoid features, that have crystallized at a borderline level
of personality organization.
It should be noted that, contrary to a common expectation, CS markers of distress
in adolescents do not preclude the presence of characterological problems, including the evolution of antisocial personality characteristics. Adolescents functioning
at the borderline level who become overwhelmed by subjective distress may well
produce Rorschach protocols with a positive CDI but a minimally elevated DEPI.
Such a finding can often help to differentiate adolescents at the borderline level who
are depressed, withdrawn, and socially inept from their depressed peers who are at
the neurotic level of personality organization and who more often display a positive
CDI and a markedly elevated DEPI (Exner & Weiner, 1995). The pattern of minimally elevated DEPI and positive CDI shown in this case thus supports the hypothesis of characterological problems.
Of further note, the content of this adolescents responses featured recurrent
images of small, unspecified animate or inanimate objects (e.g., Some kind of a
bugnot any kind in particular, Card I, Resp. 2) that are perceived as being
damaged (A broken doughnut, Card II, Resp. 3), melting (e.g., A popsicle, Card
VI, Resp. 9), or extinct (e.g., A roach, Card III Resp. 4). In contrast, she also reported
some powerful and explosive objects (Looks like a rocket thats blasting off, Card
IV, Resp. 5). She additionally tended to experience objects as intrusive (A scarecrowsomebody put on a stick out there, Card VI, Resp. 8) and lacking boundaries
(Looks like ink somebody spilled on paperblended together hereblotchy Its
different colors, blended together, Card IX, Resp. 13).
The sequence of scores (see Table 9.1.2) shows some interesting impact of card
pull. When responding to a relatively structured stimulus, such as the Card V blot,
she sticks to its shape in a perseverative fashion: Wo Fo A P 1.0 RFS-2 = +4 (Resp. 6);
Wo Fo A P 1.0 PSV RFS-2 = +4 (Resp. 7), and provides two accurately perceived and
common percepts. By contrast, when confronted with a stimulus considered to be
ambiguous and emotionally arousing, such as Card IX, she can provide only a
186
vague, formless, anxiety-laden, and idiosyncratic percept followed by an inaccurately perceived object, both of which reflect reality collapse into fantasy: Wv + Y
Id; RFS-2 = 3 (Resp. 13); DdSo F- (Hd) RFS-2 = 3 (Resp. 14).
These findings paint a picture of diffuse identity and disturbed object relations,
marked by object splitting and extremely ambivalent feelings and alternating
between excessive clinging and prominent withdrawal and between blocked and
explosive behavioral manifestations. These characteristics appear to be ego syntonic, and strongly suggest borderline-level personality organization. She is able to
cope adaptively in relatively structured settings, but she is prone to becoming overwhelmed by anxiety and fears of falling apart when she is confronted with the
demands of dealing with ambiguous and emotionally charged settings. It is thus
reasonable to suggest that the current crisis does not represent a reactive adjustment
problem but is instead a manifestation of faltering personality development. Her
apparent susceptibility to becoming overwhelmed by her own impulses or affective
states puts her at continued risk for losing self-control and engaging in repeated
delinquent or self-destructive acts.
187
with resentment toward other people for failing to recognize and minister to her
needs, put her at risk for developing a paranoid-like stance, social isolation, and
feelings of loneliness and being unsupported.
Measured against the understanding that a major developmental task in adolescence is associated with the separationindividuation process, in which young people move toward psychological independence from their parents and form a sense of
identity, the present protocol contains numerous markers of faltering personality
development. The inferences drawn from the protocol thus support the likelihood of
a characterological disorder and suggest a psychodynamic diagnosis of borderline
level of personality organization (PDM Task Force, 2006).
This girls impaired interpersonal relatedness provides an illustration of her
functioning at the borderline level of personality organization. In normative adolescents, object representations become more articulated and more cohesive from
mid-adolescence onward. In line with this conception, mature internal objects are
reflected by a predominance of whole and real human percepts that are well articulated and involve people who are accurately perceived, actively motivated, fully
differentiated from each other, engaged in mutual activities, and show an integration of positive and negative characteristics. This type of response indicates a
capacity to perceive objects as constant, multidimensional, and differentiated yet
interrelated.
In contrast, adolescents at the borderline level of personality organization typically report Rorschach percepts that are mainly of animal and inanimate objects and
suggest concern about object integrity. The threat of self-fragmentation and intrusive interpersonal relationships appears in damaged object representations that lack
integration, complexity, and boundaries. These types of nonhuman responses suggest defensive strategies of these adolescents to distance themselves from experiencing their social ineptness and loneliness (Blatt et al., 1976; Exner & Weiner,
1995; Kelly, 1997; Leichtman, 1996; Sugerman, 1980; Weiner, 1992).
It should be noted that adolescents at the borderline level of personality organization may show different types of characterological problems that influence their
style of coping with reality demands. Most often, however, these problems present
in a mixed pattern consisting of two or more prominent styles of confronting reality.
Such a mixed pattern is apparent in this adolescents Rorschach, which points to
marked dependency needs, narcissistic vulnerability, and a paranoid-like stance,
interacting in ways that are manifested in her unpredictable, uncontrolled, destructive, and dramatic behaviors aimed at obtaining attention and support from other
people. These maladaptive behaviors seem particularly likely to occur in ambiguous and emotionally charged conditions that are stress provoking and less so in relatively structured settings.
Characterological problems aside, Rorschach data are also useful for evaluating whether a current crisis with severe symptom patterns may mask underlying
psychotic disorders, depressive disorders, anxiety disorders, or disruptive behavior
disorders (PDM Task Force, 2006). In this regard, the present findings point to a
depressive crisis characterized by feelings of emptiness and a self-perception
of being weak, helpless, and vulnerable. Adolescents at the borderline level of
188
189
Consistent with psychodynamic formulation, empirical research has demonstrated that patients with restricting anorexia are more inhibited than those with
binging disorders, who are more likely to have difficulties with affect modulation.
Additionally, although both groups manifest concrete, reality-bound thinking,
binge-eating patients are more likely to fluctuate between reality and fantasy, which
might indicate their proneness to dissociate. In this regard, such dissociative phenomena as amnesia, derealization, depersonalization, and withdrawal from reality
by substance use are most often observed in patients with binge eating, particularly
in those who have been exposed to traumatic events. Active bulimic processes and
episodes of binge eating can therefore be conceived as related to the use of various
levels of dissociation, with consequent difficulties in distinguishing between physical and emotional reactions and between reality and fantasy (e.g., Fowler,
Brunnschweiler, & Brock, 2002).
Based on theoretical formulation and empirical data supporting the notion that
eating disorders fall on a continuum of levels of personality organization, patients
with eating disorders are frequently viewed as functioning at the borderline level but
also at a higher or lower level. Eating disorders, particularly those involving binging, should accordingly be evaluated as a cluster of symptoms associated with varying psychopathological conditions and different levels of personality organization.
Binging patients who are functioning at the neurotic level of personality organization can be viewed as using their binging to avoid conscious awareness of inner
conflicts and stress-evoking experiences. On the other hand, binging patients who
are functioning at a severely disturbed borderline level or a psychotic level of personality organization can be viewed as using vomiting and other concrete strategies
that serve them as a bridge back to reality.
In accord with this conceptual framework, clinicians assessing adolescents with
eating disorders should be alert to the possibility that these disorders may hide
underlying psychopathology marked by impaired cognitive functioning, affective
experience, interpersonal relatedness, or self-perception and may occur at different
levels of personality organization. Because empirical evidence and clinical
experience have shown that eating disorders often develop in response to trauma,
clinical evaluations should investigate the presence of comorbidity with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), in addition to exploring at what level of personality
organization (i.e., neurotic, borderline, or psychotic) the disorder has developed.
What follows is a case illustration of a 14-year-old with eating behavior problems
(Tibon & Rothschild, 2009).
190
divorced but remain living in the same house. When she was 2 years old, her mother
was diagnosed with a chronic disease resulting in functioning difficulties and dysthymic mood. The patients father was reported as having severe impulse control
problems, as evidenced by violent outbursts toward his wife, and he is known to be
involved in gambling. The patient was hospitalized after several months of noticeable weight gain with which she had initially coped by extreme restriction of her
food intake. The staff of the psychiatric unit in which she was placed described her
as an intelligent girl who is sociable and generally well accepted by other patients
but has on occasion shown outbursts of rage toward them and also physically
harmed herself. Tables 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 present the structural data and the sequence
of scores for her Rorschach protocol.
191
Interpersonal
R = 19
L = 1.11*
EB = 2:2.0
EA = 4.0*
EBPer = N/A
FC:CF + C = 2:1
COP = 0* AG = 0
eb = 6:2
es = 8
D = 1
Pure C = 0
GHR:PHR = 1:6
Adjes = 6
AdjD = 0
Const. = 2:2.0
a:p = 2:6
Afr = 0.46
Fd = 0
FM = 3
SumC = 2
SumT = 0
S = 4*
SumT = 0
m = 3*
SumV = 0
SumY = 0
Complex. = 4:19
Human Content = 6
CP =0
Pure H = 3
PER = 0
Isolation Index = 0.26
Cognitive Functioning
Thinking
(Ideation)
Self-Perception
Perception
(Mediation)
Attention
(Processing)
a:p = 2:6
Sum6 = 15
XA% = .58*
Zf = 14
Ma:Mp = 2:1
Lv2 = 2*
WDA% = .64*
W:D:Dd = 9:5:5*
Fr + rF = 0
INTELL = 0
W:M = 9:2
Sum V = 0
MOR = 6*
M- = 1
Zd = 1.0
FD = 2
Mnone = 0
PTI = 4*
DEPI = 3
FM + m = 6
Col-Shd = 1
S- = 2
P=4
PSV =0
An + Xy = 2
X+% = .21
DQ+ =10
MOR = 6*
Xu% = .37
DQv = 0
CDI = 5*
S-CON = N/A
HVI = No OBS = No
192
Resp.
1
2
3
4
Wo
DdSo
WSo
WS+
Fo
FC.FDFmp.CF.Co
III
5
6
D+
DdS+
FMpmp.FDu
IV
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Do
Wo
Wo
Dd+
D+
W+
W+
W+
W+
Do
Ddo
Do
Dd+
Fo
Fu
Fu
MpFFMpu
FFMau
Ma.mp.FCu
FFu
Fo
FC-
II
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
A
An
H, Ad
Sc, Bl,
Ex, Fi
A, Bt
(H), Bl,
An
(H)
A
A
A, Hd
H, A
A, Ls
Ad, Ls
A, Sc
H, Sc, Fi
Bt
A
A
Ad, Bt
1.0
4.5
4.5
3.0
4.5
2.0
1.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
4.5
5.5
4.0
MOR
INC2, PHR
MOR, PHR
FAB, ALOG
DR, FAB, MOR,
PHR
GHR
DV
FAB2, PHR
FAB, PHR
FAB, INC, MOR
FAB
INC, MOR, PHR
INC
INC
INC, MOR
RFS-2
+4
3
5
0
5
5
+3
+2
+3
5
5
1
5
5
1
3
+2
+4
3
Note: The RFS-2 column in the sequence of scores refers to the score of each response on the
RealityFantasy Scale Version 2.0
193
194
Conclusion
The Rorschach is particularly useful for assessing adolescents with externalized
symptom patterns, who are most frequently diagnosed with conduct disorder (CD).
As noted in Chap. 8, the distinction between healthy and psychopathological personality functioning should be based on comparisons of obtained findings with normative reference data. An adolescent Rorschach protocol should be evaluated with
attention to level of maturity and the degree to which the test findings correspond to
normative data.
The issue of continuities and change from adolescence to adulthood has clinical
implications for all types of youth referrals but it is particularly important in assessing adolescents with externalized symptom patterns. Adolescents with externalized
symptom patterns are at risk for developing antisocial behavior in adulthood.
Nevertheless, although being similar from a phenomenological perspective, CD and
antisocial externalized behavioral manifestations might reflect diverse psychodynamic processes, character problems, and psychopathological states. It is essential
to assess thoroughly the personality structure of these adolescents for pursuing
diagnostic clarity, especially as to the presence of psychopathic dispositions, including deficits in capacity of forming empathic interpersonal relationships. The
Rorschach can point to the maladaptive impact of their symptoms regarding their
psychological functioning, advancing responsible adolescent development. The
advantages of using the Rorschach to achieve broadly based diagnostic inferences
are related to the possibilities it allows assessors to comprehend and communicate
why observed relationships exist, why accurate predictions hold true, and what
References
195
References
American Psychiatric Association. (2000). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders.
DSM-IV-TR (4th ed.). Washington, DC: Author.
American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders
(5th ed.). Arlington, VA: Author.
Blatt, S. J., Brenneis, C. B., Schimek, J. G., & Glick, M. (1976). Normal development and psychopathological impairment of the concept of the object on the Rorschach. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 85, 364373.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Fowler, J. C., Brunnschweiler, B., & Brock, J. (2002). Exploring the inner world of severely disturbed bulimic women: Empirical investigations of psychoanalytic theory of female development. In R. F. Bornstein & J. M. Masling (Eds.), The psychodynamics of gender and gender
role (pp. 129153). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Kelly, F. D. (1997). The assessment of object relations phenomena in adolescents: TAT and
Rorschach measures. New York: Taylor and Francis.
Leichtman, M. B. (1996). The Rorschach: A developmental perspective. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic
Press.
Lerner, P. M. (1998). Psychoanalytic perspectives on the Rorschach. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
Meyer, G. J., Erdberg, P., & Shaffer, T. W. (2007). Toward international normative reference data
for the Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89(S1), S201S216.
PDM Task Force. (2006). Psychodynamic diagnostic manual. Silver Spring, MD: Alliance of
Psychoanalytic Organizations.
Silverstein, M. L. (2006). Disorders of the self: A personality-guided approach. Washington, DC:
American Psychological Association.
Smith, B. L. (1990). Potential space and the Rorschach: Application of object relations theory.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 55, 756767.
Sugerman, A. (1980). The borderline personality organization as manifested on psychological
tests. In J. S. Kwawer, H. D. Lerner, P. M. Lerner, & A. Sugarman (Eds.), Borderline phenomena and the Rorschach test (pp. 3957). New York, NY: International Universities Press.
Tibon, S., & Rothschild, L. (2009). Dissociative states in Eating Disorders: An empirical Rorschach
study. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 26(1), 6982.
Weiner, I. B. (1992). Psychological disturbance in adolescence (2nd ed.). New York, NY: John
Wiley.
Winnicott, D. W. (1971). Playing and reality. New York: Basic books.
Zeligman, R., Smith, B. L., & Tibon, S. (2011). The failure to preserve potential space in dissociative disorders: A Rrschach study. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 22, 508523.
Chapter 10
197
198
10
199
all the CS deviations, none of these variables can be interpreted accurately without
attention to other structural and content variables that may enhance or attenuate its
interpretation. The implications of a high X-% for impaired reality testing, for
example, vary with the levels of XA% and WDA%, with the number of Popular (P)
responses and with any repetitive association of FQ responses with particular content categories or embellishments.
Similarly, with regard to the implications of an elevated WSum6 for disordered
thinking, adequate Rorschach assessment of severity of thought disorder calls for
considerations that go beyond the magnitude of this particular score. These considerations include the frequency of indicators of severe cognitive slippage (DV2, DR2,
INC2, FAB2, ALOG, CONTAM), the distribution between these indicators and those
of mild slippage (DV1, DR1, INC1, FAB1), and several variables including R, number of contents, Blends, Zf, FC + FC, FT + FV + FY + FD, and H+(H) that are
assumed to measure an individuals capacity for Integrative Complexity (TibonCzopp, Appel, & Zeligman, 2014).
Nevertheless, as elaborated by numerous authors (e.g., Gray & Acklin, 2008),
Rorschach findings of disordered thinking and impaired reality testing do not necessarily preclude a persons being legally competent. Whether defendants have an
adequate grasp of courtroom procedures should be evaluated by asking them directly
about courtroom procedures rather than by looking at whether they exceed certain
cutoff scores on CS cognitive variables. However, when defendants cannot give an
adequate account of the adversarial process, Rorschach evidence of cognitive dysfunction can help an examiner inform the court of likely reasons for their inability
to meet this competency requirement.
200
10
when they are not (e.g., Melton et al., 2007; Zapf, Golding, Roesch, & Pirelli, 2014).
Suggesting that a defendant shows psychotic-like functioning with an impaired
sense of reality, on one hand, and was unable to appreciate the wrongfulness of the
alleged offense at the time it was committed, on the other, links the legal concept of
sanity with the psychological concept of psychosis.
With respect to CS cognitive markers related to the issue of criminal responsibility, deviations on PTI and RFS-P are essential to consider (see Table 6.1). If PTI = 5
and RFS-P < 0.30, examiners can with reasonable certainty infer current severe
thinking and perceptual disturbances and limited capacity to differentiate between
reality and fantasy. Adolescents who produce Rorschach protocols with PTI = 5 and
RFS-P < 0.30 are at considerable risk for being consistently prone to faulty judgments concerning the meaning of events and the nature of people, and they may
frequently act on their internal experience as if it represents an outer stimulus.
The assessment of volitional incapacity focuses on test indications of limited
resources for coping with stress. These indications, combined with obviously stressful circumstances at the time of the alleged offense, increase the likelihood that a
defendant might have experienced a transient episode of loss of impulse control, or
perhaps of impaired cognitive functioning as well. Conversely, the more coping
resources shown by current test responses, and the less stress defendants appear to
have been experiencing prior to and during the commission of an alleged offense,
the less likely they would have been at previous time to show loss of cognitive or
volitional capacities. The evaluation of volitional incapacity is particularly important when defendants who appear to be functioning fairly well at present are claiming temporary insanity at the time of an alleged offense. Nevertheless, forensic
psychologists should not present these or other conclusions with unwarranted certainty. Rather, they should use the overall strength of their assessment data as a basis
for qualifying the certainty of their impressions. In commenting on criminal responsibility, for example, they may report that their findings make it likely (strongly
suggestive, somewhat suggestive, or inconclusive) that a defendant was legally
insane at the time of an offense.
Although Rorschach CS variables do not directly measure the previous mental
states of an individual, some CS indicators of personality traits can point to maladaptive personality characteristics that are quite stable and unlikely to change over
time. Evidence of chronicity and stability increases the likelihood that psychologically disturbed people have had previous episodes of a specific disorder. The key
Rorschach finding in this regard is D Score > 0, which in an unguarded record is
usually associated with consistency over time, even when the consistency involves
being emotionally unstable, with little sense of needing to change and with egosyntonic as opposed to ego-alien symptom formation.
The chronicity and stability associated with D > 0 may suggest but does not warrant inferring legal insanity at the time of an offense from presently obtained test
findings. Nevertheless, should a defendant who appears to be functioning fairly well
when examined be claiming temporary insanity at the time of an alleged offense,
Rorschach findings may bear on this possibility. Specifically, the less stressful a
201
defendants circumstances appear to have been at the time of an alleged offense and
the more stable and effective the persons coping resources as presently reflected in
the test data, the less susceptible this person would have been at the previous time
to a psychological breakdown involving loss of cognitive or volitional capacities.
Conversely, the more limited the coping resources suggested by test findings and the
more seemingly stressful the circumstances surrounding an alleged offense, the
stronger the possibility that a person did in fact experience temporary insanity
(Weiner, 2013).
In addition to D > 0, deviations on certain other CS variables (AdjD < 0; CDI > 3;
EA < 6; EII-2 > 0; Pure C > 1) can suggest that volitional incapacity currently shown
in the test was present at the time of the offense. These CS markers indicate chronic
stress overload and limited coping resources, which can result in susceptibility to
problems of self-control and are commonly associated with poor frustration tolerance, intemperate outbursts of affect, and episodes of impulsive behavior. However,
the interpretive significance of these variables is a function of their interaction with
other variables in the protocol, and attention to these interactive influences, as elaborated in the texts by Exner and Erdberg (2005) and Weiner (2003), is essential to
adequate interpretation of Rorschach data.
As suggested in Chap. 6, recently collected normative data call for revising three
traditional cutoff points for of CS variables: Xu% > 0.20; T = 0; and AG = 0. These
revisions would change slightly what is considered to indicate conventional perception of reality, capacity for close relationships, and risk for predatory violence,
respectively. In general, Rorschach examiners should present their conclusions in
terms of individualized assessment, which is person oriented rather than test oriented and describes a respondent without reference to normative data. Accordingly,
apart from these three variables, deviations from the traditional reference values
mean what they mean with respect to maladaptive functioning, regardless of trends
appearing in contemporary normative data. Deviations from the traditional cutoff
scores on AdjD, CDI, EA, EII-2, and Pure C, for example, as specified in Table 6.1,
should therefore continue to be regarded as indicators of limited frustration tolerance, impulsivity, and poorly controlled emotional discharge, with their implications for volitional incapacity, even if many nonpatient adolescents show these
deviations.
As noted by Weiner (2013), the critical evidence in evaluating criminal responsibility comes from defendants recollections of their mental state before, during, and
following an alleged offense and from observers reports of how a defendant was
behaving at the time. Should evidence from these sources suggest cognitive or volitional incapacity during the commission of an offense, Rorschach indications of
such incapacity would provide supplementary information that might strengthen an
insanity plea, with reference to a defendants history of psychological disorder.
Overall, despite the limitations of the Rorschach with respect to assessing a persons
mental state at the time of an alleged offense, which is common to all personality
assessment instruments, test indices of chronicity and stability can sometimes guide
an estimation of previous functioning capacity from presently obtained data.
202
10
203
204
10
205
206
10
have otherwise been obtained (see Chap. 5). Forensic assessors who limit their
instruments to just one type of measure, whether self-report of performance based,
risk failing to obtain information that might be crucial to psychodynamic case formulation (Masling, 1997; Weiner, 1999).
Instead, in every type of case, Rorschach findings will be only one of many
sources of data in an adequate forensic psychological evaluation. Consistent with
general principles of integrative psychological assessment, interpretations based on
Rorschach data must typically be considered in light of information from such other
sources as self-report inventories, behavioral observations, collateral reports, and
school records. Allegations in the literature that the Rorschach lacks adequate psychometric properties may influence some psychologists who would not include
Rorschach assessment in their forensic evaluations. The fact is, however, that extensive research has affirmed the psychometric soundness of the Rorschach CS (see
Chap. 5) and its incremental validity when used in conjunction with other psychological tests.
207
208
10
Conclusion
209
Conclusion
Using the Rorschach in the criminal justice courtroom can assist in decision-making
processes by translating test findings from the language of personality functioning
into psycholegal concepts. Forensic Rorschach examiners can enhance the effectiveness of their expert witness testimony in cases of adolescents evaluated in the
criminal justice system by explaining in clear and uncomplicated terms how the
Rorschach captures a respondents personality characteristics. They should base
their conclusions mainly on the structural rather than the thematic features of a
Rorschach protocol, state their conclusions in both normative and individualized
terms of reference, and frame their conclusions with qualifiers that accurately
reflect the certainty of the data and the limits of the psychologists expertise. Skilled
examiners with substantial knowledge of Rorschach theory, research, and practice
can contribute effectively to the resolution of legal issues, including correctional
decision-making, in which a defendants personality functioning is a relevant
consideration.
In summary, the Rorschach is limited in how much it can reveal about what
respondents actually are aware of or likely to act. Although Rorschach findings of
psychotic-like functioning provide information about susceptibility to incompetence, they do not document its presence. Nevertheless, when direct inquiry appears
to suggest legal incompetence, Rorschach evidence of immature or impaired cognitive functioning can be useful for examiners testifying in court, to point out why a
defendant is having difficulties demonstrating competence. It is in this testimony
that Rorschach findings of immature or impaired cognitive functioning can prove
useful in evaluating trial competence. Some authors have noted their dissatisfaction
with the juvenile justice system and offered proposals for reform while according
youth some procedural and substantive protections not offered to adults. Specifically,
with respect to rehabilitation issues, to be effective, interventions must address the
210
10
References
Aron, L. (1996). A meeting of minds: Mutuality in psychoanalysis. New York: Routledge.
Blatt, S. J., Brenneis, C. B., Schimek, J. G., & Glick, M. (1976). Normal development and psychopathological impairment of the concept of the object on the Rorschach. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 85, 364373.
Blatt, S. J., Tuber, S., & Auerbach, J. (1990). Representation of interpersonal interaction on the
Rorschach and level of psychopathological impairment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 54,
711728.
Bornstein, R. F. (2002). A process dissociation approach to objective-projective test score interrelationships. Journal of Personality Assessment, 78, 4768.
Bow, J. N., Quinnell, F. A., Zaroff, M., & Assemany, A. (2002). Assessment of sexual abuse allegations in child custody cases. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 33, 566575.
Budd, K. S., Felix, E. D., Poindexter, L. M., Naik-Polan, A. T., & Sloss, C. F. (2002). Clinical
assessment of children in child protection cases: An empirical analysis. Professional
Psychology: Research and Practice, 33, 312.
Clemence, A. J., & Handler, L. (2001). Psychological assessment on internship: A survey of training directors and their expectations for students. Journal of Personality Assessment, 76, 1847.
Cornell, D. G. (1990). Prior adjustment of violent juvenile offenders. Law and Human Behavior,
14, 569577.
Daubert v. Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 113 S. Ct. 2786. Federal rules of evidence. (1993).
Boston: Little, Brown.
Erard, R. E. (2005). What the Rorschach can contribute to child custody and parenting time evaluations. Journal of Child Custody, 2, 119142.
Erard, R. E. (2007). Picking cherries with blinders on: A comment on Erickson et al. (2007)
regarding the use of tests in family court. Family Court Review, 45, 175184.
Erdberg, P. (2007). Using the Rorschach with children. In S. Smith & L. Handler (Eds.), The clinical assessment of children and adolescents (pp. 139147). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates.
Ewing, C. H. (1990). Psychological self-defense. Law and Human Behavior, 14, 579594.
Exner, J. E., & Erdberg, P. (2005). The Rorschach: A comprehensive System (Interpretation 3rd ed.,
Vol. 2). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Frye vs. United States 293F 1013 (DC Cir 1923).
Gacono, C. B., Evans, B. F., & Viglione, D. J. (2002). The Rorschach in forensic practice. Journal
of Forensic Psychology Practice, 2, 110.
Gacono, C. B., & Meloy, J. R. (1994). The Rorschach assessment of a aggressive and psychopathic
personalities. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Ganellen, R., Wasyliw, O., Haywood, T., & Grossman, L. (1996). Can psychosis be malingered on
the Rorschach? An empirical study. Journal of Personality Assessment, 66, 6580.
Gray B. T. & Acklin, M. W. (2008). The use of the Rorschach Inkblot Method in trial Competency
evaluation. In C. B. Gacono & B. F. Evans (Eds.) The handbook of forensic Rorschach assessment (pp. 141156). New York, NY: Taylor & Francis.
References
211
Greco, C. M., & Cornell, D. G. (1992). Rorschach object relations of adolescents who committed
homicide. Journal of Personality Assessment, 59, 574583.
Heilbrun, K. (1992). The role of psychological testing in forensic assessment. Law and Human
Behavior, 16, 257272.
Hilsenroth, M. J., & Stricker, G. (2004). A consideration of challenges to psychological assessment instruments used in forensic settings: Rorschach as exemplar. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 83, 141152.
Kwawer, J. S. (1980). Primitive interpersonal modes, borderline phenomena, and Rorschach content. In J. S. Kwawer, H. D. Lerner, P. M. Lerner, & A. Sugarman (Eds.), Borderline phenomena and the Rorschach test (pp. 89106). New York, NY: International Universities Press.
Leichtman, M. B. (1996). The Rorschach: A developmental perspective. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic
Press.
Lerner, P. M. (1998). Psychoanalytic perspectives on the Rorschach. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
Levesque, J. R. (1996). Is there still a place for violent youth in juvenile justice? Aggression and
Violent Behavior, 1, 6979.
Levesque, J. R. (2002). Dangerous adolescents, model adolescents: Shaping the role and promise
of education. New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers.
Levesque, R. J. R. (2008). Special introduction: The place of self-harm in adolescent development.
Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 39, 217218.
Masling, J. M. (1997). The nature and utility of projective tests and objective tests. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 69, 257270.
McCann, J. F. (1998). Defending the Rorschach in court: An analysis of admissibility using legal
and professional standards. Journal of Personality Assessment, 70, 125144.
McConville, D. W., & Cornell, D. G. (2003). Aggressive attitudes predict aggressive behavior in
middle school students. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 11, 179187.
McGrath, R. E. (2008). Prediction combination in binary decision-making situations. Psychological
Assessment, 209, 195205.
Meloy, J. R. (2008). The authority of the Rorschach: An update. In C. B. Gacono & F. B. Evans
(Eds.), The handbook of forensic Rorschach assessment (pp. 7988). New York: Routledge.
Melton, G. B., Petrilla, J., Poythress, N. G., Slobogin, C., Lyons, P. M., Jr., & Otto, R. K. (2007).
Psychological evaluations for the courts (3rd ed.). New York, NY: Guilford Press.
Mihura, J. L., & Weinle, C. A. (2002). Rorschach training: Doctoral students experiences and
preferences. Journal of Personality Assessment, 79, 3952.
Mitchell, S. (1988). The intrapsychic and the interpersonal: Different theories, different domains,
or historical artifacts. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 8, 472496.
Ogden, T. H. (1986). The matrix of the mind. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.
Piquero, A. R. (2011). James Joyce, Alice in Wonderland, the rolling stones, and criminal careers.
Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 40, 761775.
Ritzler, B., Erard, R., & Pettigrew, G. (2002). Protecting the integrity of Rorschach expert witnesses: A reply to Grove and Barden (1999) re: The admissibility of testimony under Daubert/
Kumho analyses. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 8, 235246.
Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing: Theory and application.
New York: Grune & Stratton.
Smith, A., Gacono, C. B., & Kaufman, L. (1997). A Rorschach comparison of psychopathic and
nonpsychopathic conduct disordered adolescents. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 53,
289300.
Stafford, K. P., & Sellbom, M. O. (2013). Assessment of competence to stand trial. In R.K. Otto
(Ed.), Forensic psychology. Vol. 11 in I. B. Weiner (Ed.-in-Chief), Handbook of psychology
(2nd ed., pp. 412439). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Tibon-Czopp, S. (2012). Invited commentary: Applying psychodynamic developmental assessment to explore mental functioning in adolescents. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 41,
12591266.
212
10
Tibon-Czopp, S., Appel, L., & Zeligman, R. (2014). Relational psychoanalytic perspective on the
negotiation dialogue: Using the Rorschach Inkblot Method for assessing integrative complexity. Group Decision and Negotiation, 23, 11771189.
Viglione, D. J., Perry, W., & Meyer, G. J. (2003). Refinements in the Rorschach Ego Impairment
Index incorporating the Human Representational Variable. Journal of Personality Assessment,
81, 149156.
Weiner, I. B. (1999). Contemporary perspectives on Rorschach assessment. European Journal of
Psychological Assessment, 15, 7896.
Weiner, I. B. (2003). Principles of Rorschach interpretation (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Weiner, I. B. (2013). The Rorschach Inkblot Method. In R. P. Archer & M. A. Wheeler (Eds.),
Forensic uses of clinical assessment instruments (2nd ed., pp. 202229). New York: Routledge.
Weiner, I. B., Exner, J. E., & Sciara, A. (1996). Is the Rorschach welcome in the courtroom?
Journal of Personality Assessment, 67, 422424.
Winnicott, D. W. (1971). Playing and reality. New York: Basic books.
Zapf, P. A., Golding, S. L., Roesch, R., & Pirelli, G. (2014). Assessing criminal responsibility. In
I. B. Weiner & R. K. Otto (Eds.), Handbook of forensic psychology (4th ed., pp. 315352).
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Zapf, P. A., Roesch, R., & Pirelli, G. (2014). Assessing competency to stand trial. In I. B. Weiner
& R. K. Otto (Eds.), Handbook of forensic psychology (4th ed., pp. 281314). Hoboken, NJ:
Wiley.
Chapter 11
Therapeutic Applications
213
214
11
Therapeutic Applications
215
proceeding toward synthesis (e.g., Ogden, 1986). To think and speak in dialectical
terms is sometimes confusing. However, many Rorschach concepts other than the
standardizedindividualized polarization also imply dichotomous thinking and paradoxical combinations (e.g., realityfantasy; perceptionprojection). Although
these polarities can be viewed as constituting mutually exclusive opposites, clinicians thinking in dialectic terms face the challenge of describing the effects of each
pole on the other and aspects of each pole that are represented within the other
(Hoffman, 1998). In keeping with this dialectic perspective on the Rorschach task,
assessors should apply both test-oriented discipline and person-oriented adaptations
involving intersubjective features.
The standardized Rorschach task enables adolescents to gain some distance from
themselves and consequently to communicate associations that are mediated by the
inkblot stimuli. At the same time, combining the CS basic guidelines (Exner, 2001)
with acceptable adaptations based on the adolescents special needs and cultural
commitments (see Chap. 5) recognizes the young persons subjective experience
and inevitably provides clues to the clinicians subjectivity. When patients perceive
the clinician as departing from a convention of some kind, they have reason to feel
recognized by the clinicians becoming personally involved in their subjectivity.
Deviating from a standard technical stance in favor of immediate and individualized
responsiveness to the person being examined reflects an emotional engagement on
the examiners part that can strengthen the working alliance between them.
Conversely, strict adherence to standardized assessment procedures preserves the
authoritarian and asymmetric aspects of the clinical encounter, and mechanical conformity to particular methods at the expense of individualized responsiveness can
transform a patients initial participation in the encounter into an oppositional
stance.
216
11
Therapeutic Applications
The intersubjective aspects of the therapeutic encounter and their effects on both
a patients association products and the inferences drawn from them have been elaborated by authors who endorse the relational psychoanalysis. However, with some
exceptions (e.g., Schachtel, 2001), this intersubjectivity has not been noted in the
Rorschach assessment literature. In describing the therapeutic action from a relational perspective, Aron (1992) refers to the Squiggle Game, an assessment technique used by Winnicott (1958) as part of the initial interview with children to
explore the mutual and subjective aspects of interpretation. Winnicott asserted that,
while focusing on gaining understanding of a patients difficulties, clinicians must
also be able to tolerate not knowing and engage the patient in helping to
understand.
Similarly, collaborative exploration of Rorschach data with the adolescent being
assessed turns the test into a means of communication and thereby changes the
authoritarian aspect of the assessment process into a mutual but still asymmetric
encounter. Like the Squiggle Game, the Rorschach provides information about a
persons current emotional difficulties and often about the roots of these difficulties
in developmental and structural realities. Also in parallel to the therapeutic process,
however, issues of transference and countertransference and their effect on
Rorschach responses should be considered in the process of interpreting, communicating about, and working through the data in a Rorschach protocol.
The basic transference-evoking condition in Rorschach assessment derives from
the testing situation, which is commonly felt as having been imposed, particularly
by adolescents. Preserving the testing standardized procedures can reduce the effect
of such issues on Rorschach responses. However, as described in Chap. 6 and in
keeping with the discussion in this chapter of individualized assessment, there are
cases in which some deviations from standardized procedures may be appropriate
and beneficial. Wisely chosen deviations can be crucial for obtaining sufficient
cooperation to result in an interpretable Rorschach protocol, particularly in working
with adolescents. The inferences drawn from a Rorschach protocol constitute explanations that convey authoritative knowledge about a persons internal experiences.
Exploring these inferences collaboratively with an adolescent being tested emphasizes mutual aspects of the encounter, even within the asymmetric context in which
one person (i.e. the examiner) is the authority. The ongoing dialectic process
between the adolescents perception of the clinician as an authoritative figure with
superior knowledge, judgment, and power and as a peer with whom they are engaged
in a mutual even though asymmetric relationship can be most constructive, especially if the clinicians authority is sufficiently authentic and the authenticity is sufficiently authoritative.
This interactive approach closely resembles what is described in relational psychoanalysis terms as the interplay in the analytic encounter between the principle
of mutuality and the principle of asymmetry (Aron, 1996). However, these relational principles raise a question that should be answered in the daily clinical practice. If we appreciate the shortcomings of an uncritical systematic application of
standardized procedures in Rorschach assessment, and we recognize the potential
benefits of a spontaneous personal engagement with the person being examined,
217
why not abandon the standardized procedures entirely and simply enter into
personal relationships with the patients while focusing on the Rorschach as a therapeutic tool? The answer to this question should take into consideration the merits of
the previously elucidated standardizedindividualized approach in Rorschach
assessment, particularly with respect to preserving the standard CS guidelines for
administration and coding.
Returning to the importance of acknowledging and making constructive use of
the clinicians personal involvement in the Rorschach assessment encounter, this
involvement can be optimized by establishing treatment goals only within the context of clinicians awareness and critical scrutiny of their participation in the process. Without discarding standardized guidelines, clinicians can put them temporarily
in the background while taking into account the potential effect of the intersubjective encounter on the assessment data they collect. Correspondingly, when the standard, formal, and detached examiner stance is in the foreground, aspects of the
relationships that reflect personal engagement should be in the background.
This conception is in accord with psychodynamic theories of assessment specifying that, regardless of how standardized an assessment procedure might be, the
obtained data also reflect the intersubjective relationships between the examiner and
the person being examined (Lerner, 1998; Schafer, 1954). In line with this conception, the impact of transference and countertransference issues on test results should
be considered thoroughly in the process of interpreting these results. Current relational perspectives on therapeutic assessment suggest the simultaneous occurrence
of interpretive and relationship factors, with the two being inseparably linked (e.g.,
Hoffman, 1998). This perspective acknowledges as well aspects of the relationship
that derive from features of the assessment process itself (e.g., the presence of the
inkblot stimuli) and the effect that examiners have on the assessment data even
without any special efforts on their part to have some particular effect. An important
interaction also characterized this process. Communication of inferences drawn
from the Rorschach responses to the person being tested is maximally effective
when received within a context of positive relationships, and positive relationships
are nurtured by communication and collaborative exploration of these inferences.
218
11
Therapeutic Applications
reject them. They think of themselves as unappealing and socially inept. An important
question to consider in these cases is whether the observed behavioral manifestations of avoidance are ego-syntonic or ego-alien. To the extent that they are egoalien, these symptom patterns are likely to be transient, situational, reactive, and
responsive to psychodynamic treatment.
219
show any externalized behavior problems (for further discussion of the background
and structural data in this case, see Tibon & Rothschild, 2007).
Treatment Goals
Treatment goals have been widely discussed and debated in the literature
(e.g., Barlow, 1996). Some psychoanalytic authors have questioned whether therapeutic goals should be explicitly defined. However, psychodynamically oriented
clinicians generally agree that treatment goals should be discussed between the
patient and therapist at the beginning of their work together, and relevant research
confirms that better outcomes are associated with patienttherapist agreement on
the treatment goals. There is also widespread belief that clinical interviews and various personality assessment instruments, including the Rorschach, can be useful in
defining these goals (Bram & Peebles, 2014; Weiner, 2004).
The utility of the Rorschach in defining treatment goals is particularly evident in
adolescents who show self-destructive tendencies. In this adolescents protocol the
elevated S-CON pointed out an immediate and urgent need to address and attenuate
his self-destructiveness. It should be noted in this regard that suicidal behavior in
adolescents might gradually emerge in an unfolding process that can involve numerous types of internalized and externalized symptom patterns. Personality characteristics disposing adolescents to self-destructive acts must accordingly be evaluated at
the very beginning of establishing treatment priorities.
The very rich and complicated responses together with his low Lambda (L), confirmed this adolescents intense involvement in the Rorschach task and served as a
clue to the potential effectiveness of conducting a therapeutic assessment guided by
a psychodynamic perspective on Rorschach data. With this consideration in mind,
the clinician who conducted the assessment applied guidelines for therapeutic
assessment as originally designed for enhancing cooperation in treatment of adults.
This application has been developed further into a new approach to therapeutic
assessment, as presented in this chapter as part of the Rorschach Psychoanalytic
Science and Practice (RPSP) model (see Chap. 12).
220
11
Therapeutic Applications
The clinician began this first feedback session with some observations on the
boys strengths, as revealed in the assessment process. She focused on his apparently high intelligence, creativity, rich language usage, breadth of knowledge,
agreeableness, and openness to experience. She noted the apparent contradiction
between his observed emotional restriction and social withdrawal, as indicated by
some of the Rorschach findings (e.g., Afr = 0.27; Human Contents = 0), and intense
affectivity suggested by some other Rorschach findings (e.g., L = 0.08;
FC:CF + C = 0:5). She commented that these joint findings paint a personality picture of a shy and sensitive boy who searches for meaningful emotional relationships
but is extremely fearful of the outside environment. Based on these findings, the
clinician raised the hypothesis that being constantly alert to threatening clues from
the environment (elevated number of shading responses) may have led him to
develop an avoidant defensive strategy that has the negative effect of exacerbating
his fears of the outside world. As part of this initial feedback, she also called attention to the elevated S-CON, saying that she is mostly concerned about his potential
for self-destructiveness, as delineated by a Rorschach index that has been proved to
be a valid measure of suicidal tendencies.
It should be noted that the use of self-destructiveness to describe an elevated
S-CON can be helpful for communicating suicidal risk data, particularly with people
who deny or are not aware of suicidal thoughts. In the present case illustration, the
clinician felt that using these terms put the presence of suicidal thoughts in a broad
context that would preserve the mutual trusting relationships already starting to
develop between her and the boy. She offered to continue the feedback in further sessions in which they could explore together the test responses themselves, as a window
into his subjective experience. The boy enthusiastically agreed, and they proceeded
with a therapeutic assessment treatment.
In the subsequent sessions, that were conducted solely with the boy, the clinician
read through the Rorschach responses together with him. She presented these
responses as free-association products, in their original sequence, without reference
to the specific cards that elicited these responses. They discussed together the overwhelming fears of being controlled, blocked, stuck, and dominated that were
reflected in his Rorschach percepts of A monster-animal which swallowed a butterfly (Card III); An animal that took control (Card IV); A crab that came about to
eat the butterfly and the butterfly has no way to escape (Card VIII); and Fish that are
searching for a way to go out but they are blocked from all the sides trapped
(Card X).
The clinician raised the hypothesis that, like the fish he saw in the blot, needy and
dependent, looking for friends, he finds himself in an environment that he sees as hostile, dangerous, and threatening. Experiencing a constant threat in the environment, he
can barely stand on his own feet independently, like the butterfly he saw on Card V that
lacks the two feathers that would fix him in the air. She suggested that, being caught
between the conflicting feelings of desiring nurturance yet fearful of being blocked and
controlled, he regresses to immature relationships. Within the context of these relationships, it is likely that he allows himself to experience helplessness and becomes psychologically paralyzed, unable to function effectively or to resolve his feelings of
Conclusion
221
inadequacy, instability, and exposure to external threat. This observation was quite
effective to create a mutual yet asymmetric basis for further discussion.
The main issues that were discussed further were related to this boys extreme
sense of vulnerability and his apparently resourceful adaptation to it by filtering out
interpersonal connections and emotional involvement. In this regard, they concluded in collaboration that he avoids emotional involvement as a defensive strategy
of keeping his affective experience muted and under control. In addition to providing affirmation of his concerns and defensive avoidance, the collaborative work on
this adolescents Rorschach protocol appeared to have the therapeutic effect of
increasing his openness to developing close interpersonal relationships and helping
him to be more self-confident. These treatment results reflect constructs proposed in
several theories based on psychodynamic developmental conceptualization (e.g.,
Winnicott, 1958, 1971). In accord with this conceptualization, using Rorschach
therapeutic assessment to help this boy view himself more positively served to alter
his negative self-perception. Additionally, by treating him as an expert and engaging
him as a partner in the assessment process, the clinician demonstrated that she considered him a worthy and capable individual.
As shown in this case illustration, establishing a secure working alliance during
the assessment process can help alleviate the discouragement, interpersonal discomfort, feelings of aloneness, and subjective distress that frequently characterize
adolescents who enter psychotherapy. With the focus of assessment expanded in
this collaborative work, both the adolescent and the clinician gain knowledge about
issues that are likely to arise in the treatment. The case illustration illuminates the
process by which analyzing collaboratively the Rorschach protocol can open lines
of further therapeutic communication.
Conclusion
Rorschach assessment can be therapeutic in its own right, and it can also enrich
therapeutic assessment. The therapeutic benefit of being assessed derives from
some common features between assessment and psychotherapy. Most people search
for opportunities to be listened to, understood, and accepted as they are, and they
usually appreciate the assessors interpretations of the test data. Although the therapeutic benefit of such positive attitudes is more apparent in psychotherapy than in
assessment, both procedures provide a relationship with a mental health professional whose sole purpose is to learn more about and be helpful to the person being
seen. As previously noted, adolescents are usually referred for assessment by their
parents, teachers, or other mental health professionals rather than applying on their
own, and they are inclined to regard the Rorschach test as a task being imposed on
them by adult authority. Nevertheless, in common with adults, young people referred
for evaluation are likely to derive benefit from the assessors undivided attention,
nonjudgmental stance, and commitment to being helpful.
222
11
Therapeutic Applications
References
223
References
Aron, L. (1992). Interpretation as expression of the analysts subjectivity. Psychoanalytic
Dialogues, 2, 475507.
Aron, L. (1996). A meeting of minds: Mutuality in psychoanalysis. New York: Routledge.
Barlow, D. H. (1996). The effectiveness of psychotherapy: Science and policy. Clinical Psychology:
Science and Practice, 3, 236240.
Bram, A. D., & Peebles, M. (2014). Psychological testing that matters: Creating a road map for
effective treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Exner, J. E. (2001). A Rorschach workbook for the comprehensive system. Asheville, NC:
Rorschach Workshops.
Handler, L. (2007). The use of therapeutic assessment with children and adolescents. In S. R.
Smith & L. Handler (Eds.), The clinical assessment of children and adolescents (pp. 139147).
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Hoffman, I. Z. (1998). Ritual and spontaneity in the psychoanalytic process. Hillsdale, NJ:
Analytic Press.
Lerner, P. M. (1998). Psychoanalytic perspectives on the Rorschach. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
Ogden, T. H. (1986). The matrix of the mind. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.
Schachtel, E. G. (2001). Experiential foundations of Rorschachs test. New York: Taylor & Francis.
Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing: Theory and application.
New York: Grune & Stratton.
Sullivan, H. S. (1953). The interpersonal theory of psychiatry. New York: Norton.
Tibon, S., & Rothschild, L. (2007). Rorschach case formulation in adolescents: Psychoanalytic
perspective on the comprehensive system. In S. R. Smith & L. Handler (Eds.), The clinical
assessment of children and adolescents: A practitioners handbook (pp. 149167). Mahwah,
NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Weiner, I. B. (2003). Principles of Rorschach interpretation (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Weiner, I. B. (2004). Rorschach Inkblot Method. In M. Maruish (Ed.), The use of psychological
testing for treatment planning and outcome assessment (3rd ed., Vol. 3, pp. 553587). Mahwah,
NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Winnicott, D. W. (1958). The observation of infants in a set situation. In Collected papers: Through
Pediatrics to psychoanalysis (pp. 5269). New York: Basic Books.
Winnicott, D. W. (1971). Playing and reality. New York: Basic books.
Part IV
Chapter 12
The problems affecting adolescents in the twenty-first century are enormous and
complex. Current research concerned with aspects of adolescent development comprises a wide range of empirical studies of both normative and clinical age-based
samples. This research provides new insights into adolescence as a unique developmental stage and updated empirical data to assist in evaluating cognitive, emotional,
social, and self-perception developments in adolescence and distinguishing between
healthy and psychopathological personality functioning. To make valid, sensitive,
and specific diagnoses, clinicians must consider what is known about multiple
sources of influence on proneness to develop psychopathological manifestations in
adolescence and utilize multiple methods of assessment.
This volume provides practitioners with a handbook that elaborates the main
principles of Rorschach work with young people, as described in the CS Volume 3
(Exner & Weiner, 1995) and adapts these principles to contemporary theoretical
thinking and accumulated empirical findings derived from CS research. The present
discussion draws on the preceding chapters to explore the application to adolescents
of a new twenty-first century model for Rorschach assessment, the Rorschach
Psychoanalytic Science and Practice (RPSP) model. The model is derived from
recently developed perspectives on research in psychoanalytic science (e.g.,
Wallerstein, 2009) and integrates new developments in neuroscience and developmental psychology with contemporary psychoanalytic thinking.
The RPSP provides an empirically based Rorschach assessment model that is
designed along the lines of the Psychodynamic Diagnostic Manual (PDM Task
Force, 2006) applied to various psychopathological syndromes. Similarly to the
PDM, the RPSP is based on the assertion that mental health comprises more than
simply absence of symptoms. It involves a persons overall mental functioning,
including cognitive, affective, relational, and self-observing capacities and should
therefore be assessed by applying a continuous rather than a categorical approach.
Being addressed to classifying psychopathological manifestations according to the
PDM, the RPSP reflects a dimensional approach to developmental psychopathology
227
228
(Hudziak et al., 2007) and accordingly enables clinicians to demonstrate the presence or absence of psychopathology in a Rorschach protocol and the degree to
which any disorder is manifested, in addition to exploring it from an experiential
approach. In this regard, the model applies a standardizedindividualized conception of Rorschach assessment.
Basically, the RPSP resembles Weiners (2003) ego psychology perspective on
the interpretation of the Rorschach protocol that has been administered and coded
according to CS guidelines (Exner, 2003). While applying additional psychodynamic perspectives, particularly those of object relations, self-psychology, and relational psychoanalysis, the RPSP model can be viewed as a revision of Weiners
interpretive approach, which suggests examining CS findings within the context of
a pluralistic psychoanalytic paradigm. The model is novel in applying contemporary psychodynamic constructs that have usually been applied exclusively in a therapeutic context to the assessment field. By transporting these constructs to Rorschach
assessment, the model suggests viewing the two aspects of clinical practice, assessment and therapy, as being connected and frequently overlapping, consequently
calling for common concepts.
What follows is a description of the main topics discussed in the four parts of the
volume as providing an overview of the RPSP model. The volume opens with placing the model on the historical continuum of the main developments in Rorschach
assessment since its inception in 1921, particularly with respect to its suitability for
assessing adolescents and its advantages when applied jointly with self-report
inventories. This introductory part is followed by a discussion relating the RPSP to
a pluralistic psychoanalytic theory, to the extensive Rorschach research, and to psychodynamically-oriented practice. The discussion of Rorschach theory, research,
and practice in the second part is further explored by illustrations of RPSP clinical,
forensic, and therapeutic applications, as described in the third part of the volume.
The fourth part of the volume concludes with an overview of the new developments
in Rorschach assessment.
229
230
The RPSP Model for Assessing Adolescents: Diagnostic, Forensic, and Therapeutic
231
232
The RPSP Model for Assessing Adolescents: Diagnostic, Forensic, and Therapeutic
233
However, practitioners should not assume that empirically supported interpretations of Rorschach CS data describe the personality organization of all people with
the same symptom patterns, irrespective of their cultural norms and regardless of
whether they are disposed to being anxious or depressed, introverted or extroverted, or self-centered or interpersonally oriented in their subjective experience of
these symptom patterns. To the contrary, individuals with similar symptoms but
different personality styles cannot be given a one-size-fits-all description in an
assessment report.
Clinical psychology has a long-standing tradition of attention to individual differences in the people who receive their services. Despite considerable empirical evidence concerning such individual differences, some Rorschach practitioners tend to
regard symptom patterns as entities in their own right, rather than as expressions of
a persons complex and unique individuality. Rorschach assessment also runs the
risk of excessive reliance on a detailed manual or computer printout in formulating
interpretations. Well-designed and validated manuals and printouts provide information that describes groups of people, but they do not capture individual uniqueness.
Adequate attention to individual differences does not detract from the importance of
basing Rorschach assessment on scientific research. With this consideration in
mind, examiners applying the RPSP model in the assessment of adolescents should
formulate personality descriptions that are based on well-validated CS variables but
that also capture the dimensionality, multiplicity, and subjective experience of psychopathological conditions. Some case illustrations of the RPSP diagnostic applications are provided in Chaps. 79 of this volume.
Forensic applications of the RPSP involving adolescents should recognize the
common gap in young people between their intellectual and their emotional maturation, which is relevant to the various psycholegal issues discussed in Chap. 10. As
noted, specific structural changes occur in the brain during adolescence, as do changes
in how the brain works. From adolescence into adulthood, activity in brain systems
involving self-regulation is strengthened and functional MRIs have shown that reward
centers in the brain are activated more readily in adolescents than in children or adults.
Heightened sensitivity to anticipated rewards can motivate adolescents to engage in
risky acts, such as unprotected sex, fast driving, or drug use, in which they anticipate
pleasure without sufficient awareness of the risks involved. This hypersensitivity to
reward is particularly pronounced when adolescents are in the company of friends.
These emerging findings from neuroscience research could have a substantial
effect on how adolescents are treated in the courtroom. Many adolescents have not
yet developed the same control over their actions as mature adults and should therefore be treated differently. Clinicians applying the RPSP in criminal cases involving
adolescents may find this developmental conception helpful in evaluating control
capacities and other personality characteristics relevant to the psycholegal issues in
a particular case.
The potential application of the RPSP model extends beyond such diagnostic
and forensic considerations. Contemplating the psychodynamic meaning of symptoms and personality characteristics may help to clarify how the two are related.
Thus, when a clinical picture seems confusing because the observed personality
234
References
235
Conclusion
In conclusion, based on a standardizedindividualized approach, the RPSP model
assumes that conceptual integration of developmental, neurobiological, psychodynamic and contextual considerations with cross-cultural normative data is essential
to understanding how neurobiological changes during adolescent development
interact with patterns of personality functioning. In accord with this conception,
personality descriptions are based on well-validated CS variables but also capture
the individual uniqueness of adolescents subjective experience of their psychological problems. By combining ego psychology concepts with those of other psychodynamic perspectives on personality functioning in Rorschach interpretation, the RPSP
model facilitates formulation of complex and atypical clinical pictures that do not fit
familiar patterns. Clinicians applying the RPSP model can also use the standardizedindividualized approach for developing therapeutic assessment with adolescents and exploring collaboratively with them the implications of Rorschach data.
References
American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders
(5th ed.). Arlington, VA: Author.
Bleiberg, E. (2001). Treating personality disorders in children and adolescents: A relational
approach. New York, NY: Guilford.
Bram, A. D. (2010). The relevance of the Rorschach and patientexaminer relationship in treatment planning and outcome assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 92, 91115.
236
Exner, J. E. (2000). A primer for Rorschach interpretation. Asheville, NC: Rorschach Workshops.
Exner, J. E. (2001). A Rorschach workbook for the comprehensive system. Asheville, NC:
Rorschach Workshops.
Exner, J. E. (2003). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Basic foundations and principles of
interpretation 4th ed., Vol. 1). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Erdberg, P. (2005). The Rorschach: A comprehensive System (Interpretation 3rd ed.,
Vol. 2). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (1995). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system (Assessment of
children and adolescents 2nd ed., Vol. 3). New York: Wiley.
Exner, J. E., & Weiner, I. B. (2003). RIAP 5Rorschach Interpretation Assistance Program:
Version 5 for Windows. Odessa, FL: PAR Psychological Assessment.
Hosseininasab, A., Mohammadi, M. R., Weiner, I. B., & Delavar, A. (2015). Rorschach
Comprehensive System Data for a Sample of 478 Iranian Children at Four Ages. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 97, 12335.
Hudziak, J. J., Achenbach, T. M., Althoff, R. R., & Pine, D. S. (2007). A dimensional approach to
developmental psychopathology. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research,
16(S1), S16S23.
Lis, A., Salcuni, S., & Parolin, L. (2007). Rorschach Comprehensive System data for a sample of
116 preadolescent and 117 adolescent nonpatients from Italy. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 89(S1), S91S96.
Meyer, G. J., Erdberg, P., & Shaffer, T. W. (2007). Toward international normative reference data
for the Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 89(S1), S201S216.
Mitchell, S. (2000). Relationality from attachment to intersubjectivity. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
Ogden, T. H. (1986). The matrix of the mind. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.
PDM Task Force. (2006). Psychodynamic diagnostic manual. Silver Spring, MD: Alliance of
Psychoanalytic Organizations.
Presley, G., Smith, C., Hilsenroth, M., & Exner, J. E. (2001). Clinical utility of the Rorschach with
African Americans. Journal of Personality Assessment, 77, 491507.
Silverstein, M. L. (2013). Personality assessment in depth: A casebook. New York: Routledge.
Smith, B. L. (1990). Potential space and the Rorschach: Application of object relations theory.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 55, 756767.
Tibon-Czopp, S., Appel, L., & Zeligman, R. (2015). Assessing personality patterns of functioning
in a decision-making ambiguous task: The Rorschach Reality-Fantasy Scale (RFS-2). Group
Decision and Negotiation. Doi: 1007/s10726-015-9432-z.
Tibon-Czopp, S., Rothschild Yakar, L., & Appel, L. (2012). Rorschach Comprehensive System
(CS) reference data for Israeli adolescents. Journal of Personality Assessment, 94, 276286.
Viglione, D. J., Perry, W., & Meyer, G. J. (2003). Refinements in the Rorschach Ego Impairment
Index incorporating the Human Representational Variable. Journal of Personality Assessment,
81, 149156.
Wallerstein, R. S. (2009). What kind of research in psychoanalytic science? International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 90, 109133.
Weiner, I. B. (1999). Contemporary perspectives on Rorschach assessment. European Journal of
Psychological Assessment, 15, 7896.
Weiner, I. B. (2003). Principles of Rorschach interpretation (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Winnicott, D. W. (1971). Playing and reality. New York: Basic books.
Zillmer, E. A., & Perry, W. (1996). Cognitive-neuropsychological abilities and related psychological disturbances: A factor model of neuropsychological, Rorschach, and MMPI indices.
Assessment, 3, 209224.
Glossary
The glossary is designed to provide the reader with the list of CS and CS-based variables used in this volume as illustrated by Rorschach protocols of adolescents with
various symptom patterns (see Chaps. 7, 8, and 9). In some of the variables codes
assigned at the response-level use the same abbreviation at the protocol-level score.
The glossary presents the abbreviation and a general description for each of the variables. With the exception of the five stylistic variables (R, EB, a:p, Ma:Mp, Complexity
Index), the reference values for all the variables are presented in Tables 6.16.4.
Abbreviation
AdjD Score
AdjDMD
Afr
AG
a:p
Description
Adjusted D Score. An index, based on determinants,
which provides information about persistent stress
tolerance and control, and is calculated by subtracting
situational stress scores (m > 1 and Y > 1) from the
D Score
AdjD minus D. A CS-based index calculated by
subtracting the D Score from the AdjD Score, which
delineates tendencies to develop anxiety symptoms in
response to situational stress
Affective Ratio. A ratio, which compares the number
of responses given to cards VIIIX to those of cards
IVII and relates to interest in emotional stimulation
Aggressive Movement responses. Sum of responses
coded with AG special score (e.g., Two people
fighting), in which AG > 2 indicates proneness to be
physically or verbally aggressive and AG = 0 points to
impaired interpersonal functioning
Active-Passive Ratio. A ratio based on the number of
active (a) as compared to passive (p) movement
responses, which is associated with flexibility in
thinking and active or passive attitudes
Cases
8.2; 8.3
237
238
Glossary
(continued)
Abbreviation
Blends:R
CDI
Col-Shd
COP
Const.
D Score
DEPI
DQv
EA
EB
eb
Description
Complexity Index. A ratio between the number of
responses with multiple blot qualities (Blends) and the
total number of responses (R), which delineates degree
of complexity as compared to simplicity in functioning
Coping Deficit Index. Constellation index, based on
5 conditions, which reflects impaired interpersonal
relatedness
Color-Shading Blend. A response with color and
shading determinants, which is included in both the
DEPI and the S-CON as indicating lowered capacity
to enjoy positive emotional experiences
Cooperative Movement. Sum of responses, coded with
COP special score (e.g., Two people dancing), in
which a value of zero suggests difficulties in
perceiving interpersonal relationships as positive and
cooperative
Constriction Index. A ratio based on the number of
achromatic color responses (C) as compared to the
weighted sum of color responses (WSumC) and
indicates excessive internalization of affect
Difference Score. An index, based on determinants,
which provides information concerning the
relationship between available resources (EA) and
stimulus demands (es) as representing current stress
tolerance and capacity for stress tolerance and
control
Depression Index. Constellation index, which is based
on 7 conditions referring to affective functioning and
self-perception, and reflects elevated subjective
distress if five of the conditions are checked, and
psychopathological affective functioning if six of the
conditions are checked
Developmental Quality Vague. Sum of responses
coded with v or v/+, in which the objects have no
specific form demand and the articulation does not
introduce a demand (e.g., a cloud), associated with
lack of precision in attending to external reality
M+WSumC. An index based on the sum of Human
Movement (M) responses and the Weighted Sum of
Color responses (WSumC), which indicates available
resources for coping with experience
M:WSumC. A ratio between the number of Human
Movement (M) responses and the Weighted Sum of
Color responses (WSumC), indicating coping style
Experience Base. A ratio between the number of
Nonhuman Movement (FM+m) responses, and those
of shading and achromatic color, which indicates
cognitive and affective experienced distress evoked by
the stimulus derived from the stimulus
Cases
7.1; 7.2; 8.1;
8.2; 8.3; 8.4;
9.1; 9.2
7.2; 8.2; 8.3;
9.1; 9.2
7.2
7.2
(continued)
239
Glossary
(continued)
Abbreviation
Egoc. Index
EII-2
FC:CF+C
Fd
FD
FM+m
H:(H)+Hd+(Hd)
Human Content
HVI
INTELL
Lv2
M-
Description
Egocentricity Index. An index based on the proportion
of Reflections (Fr + rF) and Pair (2) responses in the
protocol, which relates to self-focusing
Ego Impairment Index 2nd Version. A CS-based
index, composed of 7 cognitive and interpersonal
variables that are multiplied by empirically-based
coefficients, which distinguishes between healthy and
impaired personality functioning
Form-Color Ratio. A ratio between the number of
form-dominated color responses (FC) and the sum of
color-dominated and Pure Color responses (CF+C),
which indicates capacity of affect modulation
Food responses. Sum of responses, coded with Fd
content, which indicates dependency needs
Form Dimension. Sum of responses coded with FD
determinant, for perceiving the blot as indicating
dimensionality based on form features, which relates
to ones capacity for introspection and psychological
mindedness
Animal Movement (FM) and Inanimate Movement (m)
responses. Sum of responses coded with Nonhuman
Movement determinants, indicating intrusive thoughts
and internal tension respectively
A ratio based on the proportion of whole and realistic
human figures seen across cards as indicating an
integrative view of people
Human figure responses. Sum of H, (H), Hd, and (Hd)
contents, indicating interest in people
Hypervigilance Index. Constellation based on absence
of Texture (T) responses, and 7 other conditions,
which indicates when positive a paranoid-like frame
of reference
Intellectualization Index. Sum of Abstract (AB)
special score multiplied by 2, plus Art and Ay
contents, indicating the use of intellectualization as a
defensive strategy
Lambda = F/(R-F). A score based on the number of
pure form (F) responses, divided by the number of
responses with determinants other than F,
representing openness to experience
Level 2 Special Scores. Sum of responses coded with
DV2, DR2, INCOM2, or FABCOM2, indicating
disordered thinking
M minus responses. Sum of Human Movement (M)
responses coded with Form Quality minus (FQ-),
indicating misperception of people and interpersonal
relationships
Cases
7.1; 7.2; 8.1;
8.2; 8.3; 8.4;
9.1; 9.2
7.1; 7.2; 8.1;
8.4; 9.1; 9.2
8.2; 8.3
7.1; 7.3
7.1; 8.3
7.1
7.1
(continued)
240
Glossary
(continued)
Abbreviation
Ma:Mp
MOR
PER
PTI
Pure C
Pure H
Reflections
RFS-2
S-CON
Description
A ratio based on comparison between the number of
Active (a) to Passive (p) Human Movement (M)
responses, which represents the dominate style of
thinking (active vs. passive) about ones own
experience
Morbid responses. Sum of responses coded with MOR
special score, which refers to images of dysphoric
emotions and/or damaged objects, representing
pessimistic thinking and/or lowered self-perception
Popular responses. Sum of responses coded as
Popular (P), which indicates the extent of
conventional perception
Personalized responses. Sum of responses coded with
PER special score, which communicates personal
experience in formulating a response, and reflects
defensive, authoritarian, or narcissistic dispositions
Perceptual Thinking Index. Constellation index, which
is composed of 5 conditions involving the cognitive
Special Scores and Form Quality variables, and has
implications for psychotic-like functioning
Pure Color responses. Sum of responses in which the
percept is based on color only, representing affective
intensity and limited control of emotions
Pure Human responses. Sum of responses coded for
real and whole human figures, indicating presence of
integrative human representations
Total number of responses in a given protocol, which
indicates avoidance when lowered, and overwhelming
mental states when elevated
Reflection responses. Sum of responses in which
symmetry is involved and the object is reported as
being reflected (e.g., A person looking in the mirror),
suggesting narcissistic dispositions
Reality-Fantasy Scale Version 2.0. A CS-based index,
which operationalizes the psychoanalytic construct
of potential or transitional space between reality and
fantasy and provides the user with two derivations,
RFS-P and RFS-S that delineate different
psychopathological states
Space responses. Sum of responses with S location
code given to objects in which the white parts of the
blot are used, representing oppositional attitudes and
behaviors and/or internal emptiness
Suicide Constellation. Index based on 12 conditions
ranging across different CS clusters, which delineates
self-destructiveness
Cases
7.1; 7.2; 8.1;
8.2; 8.3; 8.4;
9.1; 9.2
7.2; 8.1
7.1; 9.2
7.2; 8.3
(continued)
241
Glossary
(continued)
Abbreviation
Sum T
Sum V
W:D:Dd
WDA%
WSum6
X-%
XA%
Xu%
Zd
Description
Sum Texture. Sum of responses in which nuances of
dark and light are used to indicate tactile qualities
interpreted as indicative of attitudes toward
interpersonal closeness and degree of dependency
Sum Vista. Sum of responses in which nuances of dark
and light are used to indicate dimensionality and are
interpreted as being related to self-criticism and low
self-regard, frequently associated with guilt for ones
own actions
Economy Index. A ratio, which presents the
proportion of each of the location codes (W, D, Dd),
associated with patterns of attention or processing the
stimulus
Form Appropriate Common. The proportion of
responses given to W and D areas of the blot, in which
there is appropriate use of form features (FQ +, o, or u),
associated with accuracy in perceiving commonly
attended parts of reality
Weighted Sum of 6 Special Scores. Sum of all Level 1
and Level 2 Special Scores plus ALOG and CONTAM,
indicating disordered thinking
X-percentages. Frequency of responses with FQ-,
which refers to percepts that do not resemble the blot
area or are uncommon in nonpatient samples, and
indicates accuracy of perception and adequacy of
reality testing
Form Appropriate Global. The proportion of
responses in which there is appropriate use of form
features (FQ +, o, or u), associated with perceptual
accuracy of both commonly and uncommonly
attended parts of reality
Unusual FQ percentages. Frequency of responses
with FQu, in which the appropriate use of form
features includes uncommon object definitions,
associated with ones commitment to conventionality
Processing Efficiency. A difference score based on the
frequency of responses in which organizational
activity occurs (Zf), representing level of cognitive
activity in organizing the stimulus field
Cases
7.1; 9.2
8.3
Index
A
ADHD, 33, 73, 107, 110, 119, 218
AdjDMD, 21, 101, 104, 105, 107, 121, 129,
131, 132, 134, 137, 144, 145, 153, 155,
163, 165, 172, 174, 182, 184, 186, 191,
192, 229
Adjustment symptom patterns, 141, 179, 180,
182, 188
Administration, 47, 9, 10, 29, 30, 38, 51,
6568, 75, 91, 92, 9798, 106, 111,
153156, 158, 159, 181182, 199, 207,
214, 217, 230, 231
Alexithymia, 18, 170, 174
Antisocial behavior, 14, 15, 34, 37, 71, 194,
197, 202204, 210
Anxiety, 17, 21, 35, 101, 105, 119, 127, 129,
134, 135, 142148, 150, 151, 155157,
161, 162, 166168, 174, 176, 180,
183187, 192, 204
Avoidant behavior, 142, 151161, 171
B
Blend responses, 134, 135, 143
C
Coding, 48, 10, 17, 18, 29, 48, 56, 58,
59, 6570, 75, 91, 92, 97, 98, 111,
124127, 135, 143, 156, 157, 167, 168,
175, 184, 192, 207, 208, 214, 217, 219,
222, 228, 230
D
Depression, 14, 15, 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, 59,
66, 129132, 137, 146, 152, 155161,
166, 170, 180, 181, 184189, 192, 214,
218, 233
Developmental trends, 15, 1822
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual
of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition
(DSM-5), 35, 117, 161, 162, 169,
179, 188, 194, 232
Diagnostic applications, 117138, 233
243
244
Dissociative disorders, 22, 53, 54, 124, 145
Domain of personality functioning, 15, 19,
104, 106, 143, 183
E
Eating behavior problems, 130, 179,
188189, 191
Ego Impairment Index (EII-2), 21, 52, 66, 70,
71, 99, 104, 105, 120, 121, 124, 128,
129, 132, 134, 138, 143, 144, 150,
153, 163, 165, 168, 171, 172, 174,
176, 182, 183, 186, 190, 191, 201,
203, 229
Ego psychology, 8, 1617, 5154, 58, 59, 61,
124, 174, 228, 230, 234, 235
Explicit and implicit methods, 40
Externalized symptom patterns, 179195, 219
F
Faltering development, 17, 19, 55, 180, 186,
187, 229
Forensic applications, 197210, 231235
G
Guidelines for interpretation, 74, 110, 111, 190
Index
K
Klecksographie, 3
L
Level of personality organization, 29, 33, 36,
59, 106, 127, 180, 185, 187189
M
Major affective disorder, 13, 119, 128137,
155, 162, 198
Mental representations, 17, 53, 54, 58, 103,
136, 137, 168, 173, 193
Minnesota Multiphasic Personality InventoryAdolescents (MMPI-A), 2728, 31, 38,
66, 72
Multi-method assessment, 28, 3740
N
Normative case illustration, 106110
Normotic personality, 18, 170
O
Object relations theory, 8, 51, 5354, 58, 61
Obsessivecompulsive symptom patterns, 18,
161169
Orthogenetic developmental theory, 1618
H
Human figures, 103, 104
I
Impression management, 2932, 39, 197, 205
Incremental validity, 8, 197, 205206
Integrative Complexity, 21, 199
Intellectualization, 47, 56, 68, 100, 126127,
129, 134, 233
Internalized symptom patterns, 141177, 179
Interpretation, 59, 1518, 20, 21, 29, 40, 47,
4961, 6668, 70, 74, 85, 89, 97106,
108, 110, 111, 117, 118, 120128,
131136, 143150, 152160, 164168,
171175, 183186, 190194, 199, 201,
202, 206208, 214217, 228, 230, 231,
233235
Irreducible Subjectivity, 67, 69
J
Judgment, 52, 91, 92, 100, 119, 126, 128, 161,
168, 184, 198, 200, 216
P
Performance-based measures, 17, 2740,
111, 205
Personality assessment, 5, 10, 20, 2840, 58,
66, 70, 71, 9092, 111, 112, 130, 138,
169, 197, 201, 213, 219, 229, 232
Personality dynamics, 27, 29, 31, 3437, 117,
142, 231
Personality tests, 28, 31
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD), 34,
126, 161, 162, 189, 194
Psychodynamic developmental
conceptualization, 14, 105, 221
Psychodynamic Diagnostic Manual (PDM),
14, 17, 35, 40, 53, 56, 57, 106, 118,
120, 130, 141, 142, 151, 167, 170, 180,
187, 188, 194, 227
Psychodynamic perspectives, 119, 130, 169,
170, 219, 228, 229, 231, 234, 235
Psychotic disorder, 13, 32, 33, 60, 117, 119,
120, 122, 123, 125, 130, 136, 162,
167, 187
245
Index
R
Reality-Fantasy Scale Version 2.0 (RFS-2)
RFS-P, 66, 104105, 123, 124, 155, 174, 190
RFS-S, 66, 104105, 123, 124, 174, 190
Relational psychoanalysis, 8, 51, 5659, 61,
213, 216, 228
Rorschach clinical practice, 9, 13, 28, 72, 90
Rorschach Inkblot Method, 311, 28, 4761,
6592, 97112
Rorschach Interpretation Assistance Program
(RIAP), 97, 105, 123, 235
Rorschach Psychoanalytic Science and
Practice (RPSP) model, 219, 227235
Rorschach research, 6, 9, 10, 37, 60, 6592,
228, 229
Rorschach theory, 4761, 209, 228
S
Schizophrenia, 7, 13, 18, 32, 36, 53, 55, 72,
117, 120, 123126, 128131, 136138,
152, 167, 176, 194, 198, 232
Self psychology, 8, 51, 5456, 58, 59, 61,
165, 228
Self-report inventories, 17, 2740, 49, 73, 111,
169, 205, 206, 228, 229
Sequence of scores, 108, 120, 122, 125, 126,
131, 133, 145, 152, 154, 163, 164, 167,
171, 173, 182, 183, 185, 190, 192, 214
Somatization, 124, 137, 142, 169176, 214
Standardization, 4, 7, 8, 10, 51, 65, 6769,
9092, 97, 98, 111, 117, 206, 214217,
222, 228, 234, 235
Standardizedindividualized Rorschach
assessment, 214215, 222, 228
Structural Summary, 7, 54, 56, 69, 97, 102,
105, 107, 121, 132, 144, 153, 163, 172,
182, 191, 205, 208, 219, 235
Symptom formation, 14, 16, 47, 101, 170,
200, 203
T
Therapeutic applications, 213222, 231235
Therapeutic assessment, 9, 214, 217222,
234, 235
Thinking and perceptual disorder, 119129
Treatment planning, 40, 60, 112, 119, 142,
157, 177, 179, 222
Trial competence, 197199, 209
T Score, 75, 8186, 90, 109, 110, 125,
136, 147, 156, 166, 173, 183, 184,
190, 234
U
Unusual (FQu) responses, 84, 100
V
Vista (V) responses, 102, 104, 159
X
X-% cutoff score, 78, 82, 85, 86, 90, 100, 105,
107, 121, 123, 128, 132, 138, 144, 151,
153, 163, 166, 172, 173, 182, 183, 190,
191, 199
Y
Y formless diffuse shading response, 185, 186
Z
Z Score, 98, 100